University of Kerala Four Year Under Graduate Programme (Uok Fyugp)
University of Kerala Four Year Under Graduate Programme (Uok Fyugp)
Syllabus
May 2024
About the Discipline
Zoology, as a discipline, serves as the cornerstone of understanding the vast diversity of animal life on
Earth. It encompasses the study of animals, ranging from microscopic organisms to complex
multicellular organisms, including their behavior, physiology, ecology, evolution, and conservation.
Undergraduate and postgraduate programs in Zoology offer students a comprehensive education in
biological sciences, with a particular focus on the animal kingdom.
The scope of Zoology is extensive, as it provides insights into various aspects of animal life, including
their structure, function, interactions with the environment, and evolutionary history. It allows students
to explore the fascinating world of animals, from their anatomical adaptations to their ecological roles
within ecosystems. Moreover, Zoology plays a crucial role in addressing pressing global challenges,
such as biodiversity loss, habitat destruction, and emerging infectious diseases, by providing scientific
knowledge necessary for conservation efforts and wildlife management. Understanding animal life is
crucial for various reasons:
Biodiversity Conservation: Zoologists play a vital role in understanding, conserving, and managing
biodiversity. By studying animal behavior, ecology, and population dynamics, they contribute to
conservation efforts aimed at protecting endangered species and preserving ecosystems.
Medicine and Health: Many breakthroughs in medicine have been inspired by animal research.
Zoologists study animal physiology and genetics, contributing to advancements in areas like
pharmacology, disease research, and biotechnology.
Ecology and Environmental Science: Zoology provides insights into the interactions between organisms
and their environment. This knowledge is crucial for addressing pressing environmental issues such as
climate change, habitat destruction, and pollution.
Agriculture and Food Security: Understanding animal behavior, physiology, and genetics is essential for
improving livestock production and developing sustainable agricultural practices to ensure food security
for a growing global population. One of the key strengths of Zoology lies in its interdisciplinary nature,
as it integrates principles from biology, ecology, genetics, physiology, and evolution to understand the
complexities of animal life. Specializations within Zoology can include fields such as ethology (the study
of animal behavior), marine biology, entomology (the study of insects), ornithology (the study of birds),
herpetology (the study of amphibians and reptiles), and many others. These specialties allow students to
delve deeper into specific areas of interest and develop expertise in particular taxa or research
methodologies.
Career prospects for graduates with a degree in Zoology are diverse and rewarding. Graduates can pursue
careers in academia, research institutions, government agencies, zoos, museums, conservation
organizations, pharmaceutical companies, environmental consulting firms, and more. They may work as
researchers, wildlife biologists, conservation biologists, environmental educators, zookeepers,
veterinarians, or science communicators. Additionally, Zoology provides a solid foundation for further
studies in related fields such as ecology, evolutionary biology, animal behavior, genetics, or conservation
biology.
In terms of research prospects, Zoology offers abundant opportunities for groundbreaking discoveries
and contributions to scientific knowledge. Research in Zoology spans a wide range of topics, from
fundamental studies on animal physiology and behavior to applied research aimed at addressing real-
world conservation challenges. Advances in technologies such as genomics, bioinformatics, remote
sensing, and imaging techniques continue to revolutionize the field, opening up new avenues for research
and exploration. As such, Zoology remains a dynamic and vibrant discipline that continues to inspire
curiosity and drive innovation in our understanding of the natural world.
In conclusion, Zoology is a dynamic and interdisciplinary field with immense scope and relevance in
today’s world. From unravelling the mysteries of animal behavior to addressing pressing environmental
challenges, zoologists contribute to our understanding of the natural world and play a crucial role in
shaping our future. Whether pursuing a career in research, conservation, education, or industry, a degree
in Zoology opens doors to a rewarding and impactful profession.
This syllabus is prepared by:
BOARD OF STUDIES IN ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF KERALA
Sl. No Name and Designation Remarks
1 Dr. Sajeeb Khan A. Chairman
Associate Professor
Government. College for Women, Thiruvananthapuram
Mob.9995566343 Email [email protected]
2 Smt.Jeejakumari V. K. Member
Assistant Professor
Department of Zoology
University of Kerala
Mob.9447240761 Email [email protected]
3 Dr.Praveen Kumar P.P. Member
Associate Professor
Government College for Women, Thiruvananthapuram
Mob.9446265429 Email [email protected]
4 Dr. Ayana Gayathri R.V. Member
Associate Professor
University College,Thiruvananthapuram
Mob.9495904198 Email [email protected]
Dr. Sheeja V R Member
5 Associate Professor
Iqbal College, Peringammala
Mob.9645155725 Email [email protected]
6 Dr. Reshmi V Member
Associate Professor
S N College, Cherthala
Mob.9447504034 [email protected]
7 Dr.Asha V.G Member
Assistant Professor
Mahatma Gandhi College
Mob.9446084552 Email [email protected]
8 Dr.Leji. J Member
Associate Professor
S N College, Sivagiri, Varkala
Mob.9496405890 Email [email protected]
9 Dr.S.Jisha Member
Associate Professor
S N College, Kollam
Mob.9895066054 Email [email protected]
10 Dr. Sudha Kappalli Member
Professor
Department of Zoology
Central University of Kerala
Mob.9447689646 Email [email protected]
11 Dr. G. Prasad Ex officio Member
Professor, (Chairman, PG BoS)
Department of Zoology,
University of Kerala
Mob.9497254158 Email [email protected]
EXPERT PANEL OF FACULTY
Sl. Sl.
Name and Official Address Name and Official Address
No No
1 Hayarnnisa M., 12 Dr. Devi R. R.,
Assistant Professor, Government Arts and Assistant Professor, NSS College
Science College Elanthoor. Nilamel.
[email protected] [email protected]
(External Expert)
2 Dr. B. Hari, 13 Divya Grace Dilip,
Professor, Assistant Professor, All Saints'
S N College, Kollam. College, Thiruvananthapuram.
[email protected] [email protected]
3 Dr P. J. Sarlin, 14 Dr. Divya P. S.,
Professor, Fatima Mata National College Assistant Professor, Sree Narayana
(Autonomous), Kollam, College, Kollam,
[email protected] [email protected]
4 Dr. Babitha G.S., 15 Dr. Jean Jose J.,
Associate Professor, SN College, Punalur. Assistant Professor, St. Gregorios
[email protected] College, Kottarakara,
[email protected]
5 Dr. Latha C., 16 Josin C Tharian,
Associate Professor, M.S.M College Assistant Professor, St. John's College,
Kayamkulam, lathacmsm@gmailcom Anchal, [email protected]
6 17 Dr. Raghul Subin S.,
Dr. Nandini N. J.,
Assistant Professor, Government
Associate Professor, University College,
College Kariavattom,
[email protected]
[email protected]
7 Dr. Pradeep Kumar R., 18 Dr Razeena Karim L,
Associate Professor, Govt. College for Assistant Professor & Head, Christian
Women, Thiruvananthapuram, College, Kattakada, Tvpm,
[email protected] [email protected]
8 Dr. Akhil S. V., 19 Dr. Rini Joseph,
Assistant Professor, Sanatana Dharma Assistant Professor, Christian College
College, Alappuzha, Chengannur,
[email protected] [email protected]
9 Arun K. L., 20 Dr. Vijayasree A. S.,
Assistant Professor, University College, Assistant Professor, Fatima Mata
Thiruvananthapuram, National College (Autonomous),
[email protected] Kollam, [email protected]
10 Dr. R. Ashadevi, 21 Dr Vinod P.,
Assistant Professor, HHMSPB NSS Assistant Professor,
College for Women, Neeramankara, NS S College Pandalam,
[email protected] [email protected]
(Member, Academic Council, UoK)
11 Dr. Biju A., Assistant Professor, St.
Stephens College, Pathanapuram,
[email protected]
Graduate Attributes
Graduate attributes bridge the gap between academia and the real world, fostering lifelong learning and
meaningful contributions. They denote the skills, competencies and high-level qualities that a student
should acquire during their university education. Apart from gathering content knowledge, these
attributes go beyond the assimilation of information to its application in various contexts throughout a
graduate’s life. It aims in inculcating the art of critical thinking, problem solving, professionalism,
leadership readiness, teamwork, communication skills and intellectual breadth of knowledge. The
University of Kerala envisages to pave the path in guiding the student’s journey to shape these attributes
uniquely, making them integral to personal growth and success in various spheres of life. The University
strives to ensure that these graduate attributes are not just checkboxes, but they play a pivotal role in
shaping the students into capable, compassionate and responsible individuals with a high degree of social
responsibility.
PO-3 Creativity
○ produce or develop original work, theories and techniques
○ think in multiple ways for making connections between
seemingly unrelated concepts or phenomena
○ add a unique perspective or improve existing ideas or solutions
○ generate, develop and express original ideas that are useful or
have values
PSO-2 Collect, analyze, and interpret data related to animal behavior, PO1, PO3,
population dynamics, and ecological interactions using appropriate PO4, PO5,
statistical and computational methods. Present research findings, PO6, PO7
theories, and concepts in zoology effectively through written reports,
oral presentations, and visual aids to diverse audiences. Communicate
scientific information effectively
PSO-3 Explore the diversity of animal life across different taxonomic groups PO1, PO2,
and understand the physiological, morphological, and behavioral PO3, PO4,
adaptations that enable their survival in various environments. PO6, PO7,
Evaluate the impact of human activities on wildlife. PO8
PSO-4 Demonstrate, explain and appreciate the molecular and cellular basis PO7, PO8
of physiological functions in animals and dynamics of life system.
PSO-5 Acquire innovative skills which will enable production of knowledge PO5, PO6,
and skills required for employment in biochemistry, Fisheries Science PO8
/Entomology/ Environmental Science, microbiology, aquaculture,
vermiculture/apiculture and bio technology on the level of the gene,
genome, and their functions.
PSO-6 Perform practical skills in the areas of laboratory experiments and PO6. PO8
good laboratory practices (GLP) related to dissection, developmental
biology, biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, genetics,
immunology and microbiology.
PSO-7 Work collaboratively with professionals from diverse disciplines such PO5, PO6,
as ecology, genetics, conservation biology, and environmental science PO8
to address complex issues related to animal biology and conservation.
COURSE CODE AND TITLES
Course
Semester Course Code Course Title
Type
UK1DSCZOO101 Non-Chordate Diversity - Part I
UK1DSCZOO102 Diversity of Non-chordates
DSC
Semester I UK1DSCZOO103 Wildlife Biology and Conservation
UK1DSCZOO104 Human Nervous System and Behaviour
MDC UK1MDCZOO101 Health and Sex education
UK2DSCZOO101 Non-Chordate Diversity - Part II
UK2DSCZOO102 Wildlife Ecology
DSC
Semester II UK2DSCZOO103 Aquatic Ecosystems and Sustainable Management
UK2DSCZOO104 Sensory Physiology
MDC UK2MDCZOO101 Global Climate Change
UK3DSCZOO201 Chordate Diversity - Part I
UK3DSCZOO202 Diversity of Chordates
DSC UK3DSCZOO203 Concepts of Ethology
UK3DSCZOO204 Body functions and Regulation
UK3DSCZOO205 Human Parasitology and Vector-borne Diseases
Semester III UK3DSEZOO201 Fisheries Science I- Taxonomy and Fishery Biology
UK3DSEZOO202 Entomology I -General Entomology
DSE
Environmental Science I- Global Environmental
UK3DSEZOO203
Issues
MDC(KS)
VAC UK3VACZOO201 Nutrition, Health and Wellness
UK4DSCZOO201 Chordate Diversity-Part II
DSC UK4DSCZOO202 Evolution and Zoogeography
UK4DSCZOO203 Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates
UK4DSEZOO201 Fisheries Science II- Principles of Aquaculture
DSE UK4DSEZOO202 Entomology II- Industrial Entomology
Semester IV UK4DSEZOO203 Environmental Science II- Environmental Pollution
Communication and Popularisation of Life
UK4VACZOO201
VAC Sciences
UK4VACZOO202 Bioeconomics and Ecotourism
SEC UK4SECZOO201 Livestock Management
Internship UK4INTZOO200 Internship in Zoology
UK5DSCZOO301 Developmental Biology
UK5DSCZOO302 Animal Physiology
DSC
UK5DSCZOO303 Microbiology and Immunology
Semester V UK5DSCZOO304 Agrochemicals and Agricultural Pest Management
UK5DSEZOO301 Ecology and Disaster Management
DSE Fisheries Science III- Culture of Finfishes and
UK5DSEZOO302
Shellfishes
Entomology III- Medical and Veterinary
UK5DSEZOO303
Entomology
UK5DSEZOO304 Environmental Science III- Environmental
Monitoring and Ecosystem Restoration
SEC UK5SECZOO301 Vermiculture and Vermicomposting
UK6DSCZOO301 Cell and Molecular Biology
UK6DSCZOO302 Genetics and Biotechnology
DSC
UK6DSCZOO303 Biochemistry
UK6DSCZOO304 Nanobiology
Semester VI UK6DSEZOO301 Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology
UK6DSEZOO302 Fisheries Science IV- Fish Processing Technologies
DSE
UK6DSEZOO303 Entomology IV- Forensic Entomology
UK6DSEZOO304 Environmental Science IV- Green Technologies
Ornamental Fish Production and Aquarium
SEC UK6SECZOO301
Management
UK7DSCZOO401 Instrumentation and Biological Techniques
UK7DSCZOO402 Omics and Bioinformatics
DSC
Semester VII UK7DSCZOO403 Systematics and Phylogenetics
UK7DSCZOO404 Human Physiology: The Life Sustaining systems
DSE UK7DSEZOO401 Research Methodology and Biostatistics
DSC-
Online/DL
Semester VIII UK8CIPZOO400 Capstone Internship Project in Honours Programme
Project OR
OR
UK8RPHZOO400 Project in Honours with Research Programme
Note: To obtain an undergraduate degree with Zoology major, it is mandatory that a student must
study and pass the following courses from the course baskets.
Note: To obtain an undergraduate honours degree with Zoology major, it is mandatory that a
student must study and pass additionally the course listed below from the course baskets.
12. UK7DSEZOO401 Research Methodology and Biostatistics
Note: The following bunch of courses shall form a specialisation in the Zoology Discipline if the
student may study and pass as his/her Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) during the specified
duration of the course of study in the undergraduate programme in Zoology.
Note: Each student (who is physically fit) must participate in the Study tour programme/Field
study programme for not less than 5 days as specified in the syllabus preferably within the
Kerala state. The programme can be conducted either as one/two-day programmes separately
in semesters or as a single programme at the third year. The Study tour programme/Field study
programme should include places of zoological importance (at least one Life science research
institution/ Wildlife sanctuary/National Park/ Zoological Garden/ Museum etc). The
institutions/authorities should ensure necessary assistance for the smooth conduct of the study
tour/field study programmes. The Board of Studies recommend the University of Kerela to
award extra academic credit(s) to the student if he /she has submitted a detailed report of the
Study tour programme/Field study programme after participation.
SEMESTER I
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course UK1DSCZOO101
Code
Type of DSC
Course
Semester I
Academic 100-199
Level
4 3 hours 0 2 hours 5
Course This course provides the students with an in-depth knowledge of the diversity in form,
Summary structure and habits of acoelomata to pseudocoelomata. By the end of the course, the students
shall get a comprehensive understanding of the diversity, biology, and ecological
significance of invertebrate animals and the students shall achieve an appreciation for their
crucial role in the natural world.
Detailed Syllabus
I Introduction to Zoology 5
1.2 Five kingdom classification, Three domain system, Super- group model of 2
eukaryotes, tree of life approach in animal classification (Brief account)
1
2.1 Levels of organization- cellular, tissue, organ and organ system. Radiata, Bilateria, 2
Acoelomata, Pseudocoelomata, Eucoelomata, Protostomia, Deuterostomia.
III Porifera 8
4.2 Hydrozoa eg. Obelia, Physalia; Scyphozoa: eg. Aurelia; Anthozoa: eg. Sea 3
anemone
4.3 General topic: Polymorphism in Cnidarians; Corals - different types, Coral reefs 3
5.2 Turbellaria: eg. Planaria, Trematoda: eg. Fasciola, Cestoda : eg. Taenia solium. 7
General topic: Life cycle and pathogenicity of Fasciola hepatica and Taenia
solium
References
2
4. Brusca, R.C, Giribet G, and Moore W (2023). Invertebrates (fourth edition). Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, M.A. Oxford University Press, USA.
5. Burki F, Roger AJ, Brown MW, Simpson AGB (January 2020). "The New Tree of
Eukaryotes". Trends Ecol Evol. 35 (1): 43–55.
6. Dhami. P.S and Dhami, J. K. (1979). Invertebrate zoology. R. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
7. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Invertebrata- Part1 & PartII.
S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
8. International Edition.
9. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
10. Kotpal, R.I, Agarwal, S.K. and R.P. Khetarpal. (2002). Modern text book of Zoology,
Invertebrates.
11. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
12. Whittaker, R.H. (1969). "New concepts of kingdoms or organisms. Evolutionary
relations are better represented by new classifications than by the traditional two
kingdoms". Science. 163 (3863): 150–60.
13. Woese CR, Kandler O, Wheelis ML (June 1990). "Towards a natural system of
organisms: proposal for the domains Archaea, Bacteria, and Eucarya". Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America. 87 (12): 4576–9
Web Resources
1. https://eol.org
2. http://www.tolweb.org
3. https://www.marinebio.org/creatures/marine-invertebrates
4. https://www.montereybayaquarium.org/animals/animals
Sl No. Contents
1 Examination of pond water collected from different places for diversity in Protista
2 Demonstration of ciliary movement in Paramecium
3 Study of Sycon, Hyalonema, Euplectella, Spongilla
Study of Obelia, Physalia, Hydra, Millepora, Aurelia, Tubipora, Gorgonia,
4
Pennatula, Fungia, Meandrina, Madrepora
5 Study of Fasciola hepatica, Taenia solium and their life cycles
6 Study of Ascaris lumbricoides and its life stages
7 Study of parasitic protists
Submit a report on invertebrate diversity after visiting a forest/marine/ freshwater/
8
wetland ecosystem
3
References
1. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
2. Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S.
and Nelson
3. Boradale, L.A. and Potts, E.A. (1961). Invertebrates: A Manual for the use of Students.
Asia Publishing Home
4. Brusca, R.C, Giribet G, and Moore W (2023). Invertebrates (fourth edition). Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, M.A. Oxford University Press, USA.
5. Dhami. P.S and Dhami, J. K. (1979). Invertebrate zoology. R. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
6. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Invertebrata- Part1 & PartII.
S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
7. Henry Sherring Pratt (2015). A Course in Invertebrate Zoology: A Guide to the
Dissection and Comparative Study of Invertebrate Animals. Palala Press
8. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
9. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.
4
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO-1 U PSO-1,3
Understand the basics of taxonomy and new
methods of classification
CO-1 PO2 U F L
Understand
the basics PSO-1, 3
of
taxonomy
and new
methods of
classificati
on
5
through
brief
studies of
examples.
PSO1 PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO PO2 PO PO PO5 PO
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 3 4 6
- - - - - - -
CO 1 3 - 3 - - - 2
- - - - - -
CO 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2
- - - - - - -
CO 3 3 - - 2 - - 3
- - - - - - -
CO 4 - - - - - 3 2
- - - - - - -
CO 5 - - - - - 3 2
6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
1. Students shall collect any five invertebrates and add a brief note and then submit for
evaluation
2. Invertebrates and human health
3. Parasitic adaptation of Nematodes
4. Polymorphism in Cnidarians
5. Life cycle of Plasmodium vivax
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of activity report
4. Test
5. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer questions
4. Essay Type questions
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
7
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1DSCZOO102
Course Title Diversity of Non- Chordates
Type of Course DSC
Semester I
Academic Level 100 – 199
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course offers students a comprehensive understanding of the varied forms,
Summary structures, and behaviours exhibited by invertebrate animals. Through exploration
of the major groups of invertebrates, including arthropods, which dominate the
planet's animal species, students gain insights into biodiversity. Moreover, the
course equips the learners with the necessary tools to describe and appreciate
biodiversity.
Detailed Syllabus
8
2.2 Phylum Cnidaria: General characters, Classification up to classes. 3
Examples - Obelia, Aurelia, Sea anemone and Physalia. Mention
polymorphism and larval stages.
2.3 Phylum Platyhelminthes: General characters, Classification up to classes- 4
Examples - Bipalium, Fasciola and Taenia solium . (Life cycle of Taenia
solium )
Nemathelminthes and Annelida 6
References
1. Barnes, R.D. (1987). Invertebrate Zoology. W: B. Sunders. New Delhi.
2. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
3. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Vol. Invertebrata- Part1 &
a. Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
4. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi
5. Kotpal, R. L. (2005). Modern text book of Zoology Invertebrates (Animal Diversity-I).
Rastogi Publications pp 795-831.
a. Part II. S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
6. Rastogi V. B. (2015). Invertebrate Zoology. Publisher- Kedar Nath Ram Nath.
9
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl No. Contents
1 Protista: Noctiluca, Paramecium, Entamoeba (spotters)
2 Porifera: Sycon (spotters)
3 Cnidaria: Obelia, Physalia, Sea anemone(spotters)
4 Platyhelminthes: Fasciola, Taenia solium (spotters)
5 Nematoda: Ascaris, Ancylostoma (spotters)
6 Annelida: Nereis, Hirudinaria(spotters)
7 Arthropoda: Limulus, Scorpion, Sacculina (spotters)
8 Mollusca: Pearl Oyster, Sepia (spotters)
9 Echinodermata: Starfish, Sea urchin, Sea cucumber(spotters)
10 Examination of pond water collected from different places for diversity in protists
11 Submit a report on 5 invertebrate animals from various phyla after visiting
Campus/Ecosystem
12 Mount the mouth parts of Cockroach / Honey bee/ mosquito (any one)
13 Mounting of Earthworm setae/ Nereis parapodium
14 Dissection of nervous system of prawn/ Digestive system of Cockroach (any one)
References
10
CO-3 Obtain an overview of general characters of R, U PSO-1, 3
Nemathelminthes and their parasitic adaptation
CO-5 Gain knowledge about the life cycle of human R, U, Ap PSO- 1,2
parasites
CO-3 To obtain an PO - R, U E, C L
overview of 1,2,3,4
general PSO-1, 3
characters of
Nemathelminth
es and their
parasitic
Adaptation
CO-5 Gain PO - U, Ap F, C L
Knowledge 2,3,4
11
about the life PSO -1,2
history of
human parasites
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive
CO 1 3 - 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3 - - - -
CO 2 3 - 2 - - - - 2 1 2 3 - - - -
CO 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - - -
CO 4 2 - 3 - - 3 - 2 3 - - - - - 2
CO 5 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 - - - -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
12
2. Economic importance of molluscs
3. Different types and pathogenicity of mosquitoes.
4. Life cycle of Taenia solium
5. Peripatus and its evolutionary significance
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation
End Semester evaluation
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type questions
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
13
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1DSCZOO103
4 3 - 2 5
Course Summary This course provides a foundational understanding of wildlife biology and
conservation principles. It covers various aspects of wildlife biology including
wildlife habitats, threats to wildlife, conservation strategies and wildlife monitoring
and research. Through lectures, discussions, practicals and fieldwork, students will
gain insights into the diversity of wildlife species, their habitats, threats, and
conservation efforts.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Wildlife Biology 3
II Wildlife Habitats 8
2.1 Wildlife habitats - Forest Habitat (eg: Shola forest of Western Ghat); Desert Habitat (eg: 6
Thar Desert); Aquatic habitat (eg: Vembanad lake); Wetland habitat (eg: Sunderbans delta);
Mangrove habitat (eg: Pichavaram mangrove forest). Mention Biodiversity Hotspots in
India.
2.2 Ecological significance of Keystone species, Edge species and Umbrella species 2
14
3.1 In-situ conservation -National Parks, Biosphere reserves, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Mangrove 7
forests with examples in India and Kerala (Brief description)
3.2 Ex-situ conservation- Zoological Parks with examples in India and Kerala, Captive 4
breeding (Brief description with examples)
3.5 Wildlife conservation organizations, agencies and schemes - WWF, Nagar Van Yojana 1
(NVY), BNHS, Wildlife Conservation Society(WCS), IUCN, ASEAN-WEN
3.6 Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972; Biological Diversity Act of 2002 (brief account) 1
IV Threats to Wildlife 9
4.1 Major threats to Wildlife: Habitat loss and fragmentation, Over exploitation, Climate 4
change, Poaching, Pollution
5.2 Wildlife Research Institutes- KFRI, KSBB, IIFM, Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology and 2
Natural History (SACON).
References:
1. Begon, M., Townsend, C. R., & Harper, J. L. (2006). Ecology: From Individuals to
Ecosystems (4th ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.
2. Groom, M. J., Meffe, G. K., & Carroll, C. R. (2006). Principles of Conservation
Biology (3rd ed.). Sinauer Associates.
3. Hunter M.L., Gibbs, J.B. and Sterling, E.J. (2008). Problem-Solving in Conservation
4. Pullin, A. S., & Knight, T. M. (Eds.). (2009). Conservation Biology (1st ed.).
Cambridge University Press.
5. Soule, M. E., & Orians, G. H. (Eds.). (2001). Conservation Biology: Research Priorities
for the Next Decade. Island Press.
6. Sutherland, W. J. (Ed.). (2001). Conservation Science and Action. Blackwell Science.
7. Wildlife Protection Act (1972). Natraj Publ.Co. Dehradun
8. Woodroffe R., Thirgood, S. and Rabinowitz, A. (2005). People and Wildlife, Conflict
or Co-existence? Cambridge University.
Web Resources:
15
3. Wildlife Conservation Society: https://www.wcs.org/
Practicum (30hrs)
Sl. No Contents
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO addressed
able to
Level
16
CO-1 Understand the key PO1 U,R F,C L
concepts and
PSO-1
terminology in wildlife
conservation.
17
CO 3 - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
1
CO 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 2
2
CO 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2
3
CO - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2
4
CO 2 - - - 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
● Human-Wildlife Conflict
● Ecosystem Services
● Climate Change and Wildlife
● Protected Areas Management
● Conservation Education and Outreach
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
18
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
19
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1DSCZOO104
Course Title Human Nervous System and Behaviour
Type of Course DSC
Semester I
Academic Level 100 - 199
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course The course imparts basic knowledge on the role of different components of
Summary the nervous system in human behaviour. Through the course the learner
shall get a comprehensive understanding of the major components of the
nervous system in human behaviour and the impact of drug abuse and the
physiological basis of drug addiction.
Detailed Syllabus
20
2.3 Neurotransmitters – excitatory and inhibitory – acetyl choline, 2
noradrenaline, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, serotonin, histamine,
adrenalin, glycine, GABA, dopamine (brief account of their major
functions)
2.4 Reflex actions- somatic and visceral, reflex arc 2
Brain and behaviour 13
3.1. Cerebral lateralization and handedness, interhemispheric differences 5
and sex differences in cerebral functions
3.2. Language functions of cerebral cortex - Wernicke’s area, Broca’s area, 5
III
motor cortex, Arcuate fasciculus, Wernicke- Geshwind model of
language perception and production
3.3. Brain damage and language - Wernicke’s aphasia, Broca’s aphasia, 3
conduction aphasia, global aphasia, transcortical aphasia
Related activity: Students can conduct right and left handedness surveys in
class room/campus to identify cerebral lateralization.
Monitoring and measuring brain activity 14
4.1. EEG (mention different types of brain waves), CT Scan, PET Scan, 9
IV MRI and functional MRI, Cerebral blood flow (CBF)
4.2. Brain lesioning and deep brain stimulation (mention stereotactic 5
surgery), Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
References:
21
5. John P.J. Pinel, Biopsychology, Pearson International, 9th Edition
6. NCBI. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5129843/
7. NCBI.https://nida.nih.gov/publications/drugs-brains-behavior-science-addiction/drugs-
brain
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
22
1 The study helps PO1/ U C L
the students to PSO1
understand the
components of the
human nervous
system and their
functions.
23
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs:
PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6
CO 3 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
1
CO - - 2 - - - 3 2 - - - -
2
CO - 2 - - - - 2 - 2 - - -
3
CO 3 - - - - - 3 2 - - - -
4
CO 2 - - - - -- 3 1 - - - -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
24
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation
End Semester evaluation
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓
25
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1MDCZOO101
Course Title Health and Sex Education
Type of Course MDC
Semester I
Academic 100 - 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 3 hours 0 -- 3
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides an extensive review of health, encompassing
Summary physical, mental, emotional, social, and spiritual well-being, along with
factors affecting health such as diet, pathogens, pollution, sleep, exercise,
and stress. It explores human reproductive physiology, covering the male
and female reproductive systems, hormonal control, fertilization,
pregnancy, lactation, puberty, adolescence, and senescence, while also
addressing topics like contraception, assisted reproductive techniques,
adolescent sexuality, gender diversity, sexually transmitted diseases, and
sex education, emphasizing their significance in modern India. By
emphasizing the importance of comprehensive sex education for youth,
the course aims to promote adult sexual health, provide essential
information, and develop decision-making skills for the future.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Holistic health and Wellbeing 9
1.1 Concept of Health- scope and definition (WHO), Health as a state of 2
wellbeing, Factors affecting health- food, balanced diet, pathogens,
pollution, sleep, exercise and stress.
1.2 Dimensions of health- physical, mental, emotional, social and spiritual 3
(Brief account only).
26
1.3 Health programmes and initiatives-Health awareness, Community health 4
centres and its role, Health mission and programmes, Role of Vaccines.
Related activity: Students are advised to visit a Community Health care
centre and submit a report with photos.
Human Reproductive Physiology 13
2.1 Male reproductive system- structural details of testis and accessory 3
II
structures, functions of testis, semen, hormonal control.
Female reproductive system- structure of ovary, accessory structures,
2.2 reproductive cycles and hormonal control, menstrual cycle, hysterectomy,
menopause. 3
2.3 Fertilization, gestation period, Pregnancy, parturition and lactation. 3
2.4 Puberty, adolescence (physical and biological aspects) and senescence- 4
Mention Stress management techniques.
III Human interference in reproduction 8
3.1 Contraception-Barrier methods, hormonal and sterilisation procedures. 4
Fertility awareness methods.
3.2 Abortion (MTP) and Assisted Reproductive Techniques- IVF, GIFT, 4
ZIFT, DI.
Related activity: Prepare Charts/ Videos/ drawings to create awareness
about Health and Sex.
IV Adolescent Sexuality and Gender Diversity 7
4.1 Sexuality- Definition, Adolescent sexual activity, teenage pregnancy, 4
Sexual abuse, assault and harassment.
4.2 Gender diversities and Sexual Orientation, LGBTQ- Lesbian, Gay sex, 3
Bisexual, Transgender and Qeer.
Related activity: Develop scripts for skits or role-plays that address issues
related to sexual abuse, harassment, and respecting gender diversity.
V Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) and Sex Education in India 8
5.1 Definition of Sexually Transmitted Diseases with the following examples: 4
Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment and Prophylaxis of Syphilis, Chlamydia,
Trichomoniasis, Gonorrhoea, Genital herpes and AIDS.
27
4. International Institute for Population Sciences (IIPS) & ICF. (2017). National Family
Health Survey (NFHS-4), India.
5. Paul, B. (2017). Health Education and Community Pharmacy. Elsevier.
6. R S Vander Gaag, MGG Walpot and L Boendermaker (2024) Professional
competencies for sexuality and relationships education in child and youth social care:
A scoping review
7. Ross and Wilson (2011), Anatomy and physiology in Health and Illness, 11th Edition,
Church Hill Livingstone.
Web Resources
1. https://www.mohfw.gov.in/
2. https://ab-hwc.nhp.gov.in/home/login
3. https://www.sexandu.ca/consent/online-safety/
4. https://portal.ct.gov/-/media/dmhas/skillbuilding/dana/health-and-wellness-full-
revised.pdf
5. https://www.who.int/data/gho/data/major-themes/health-and-well-being
Course Outcomes
CO Upon completion of the course the graduate will be able Cognitive PSO
Nos to Level addressed
1 Understand the concepts of health and wellbeing, including U, R PSO 1
physical, mental, social, emotional, and spiritual health, as
well as factors affecting health, and role of vaccines.
2 Describe the anatomy and functions of the male and female A PSO 2
reproductive systems, including hormonal regulation and
reproductive processes and analyse the stages of human
development from puberty through adolescence to
senescence.
3 Compare different contraception methods and make R, C PSO 1
informed decisions regarding their use based on individual
health needs and preferences
4 Analyse the processes and ethical considerations involved An PSO 3,
in pregnancy, abortion and various assisted reproductive PSO 8
techniques understanding their implications for
reproductive health and family planning.
5 Identify and differentiate between common sexually R, U PSO 8
transmitted diseases including their respective symptoms,
transmission modes, and risk factors.
6 Evaluate and advocate for the integration of E, C PSO 1,
comprehensive sex education into school curricula and PSO 2
community health initiatives, emphasizing the importance
of informed decision-making and respect for sexual rights.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
28
Name of the Course: Human Health and Sex Education
Credits: 3:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cogni Knowledge Lecture Practic
No. tive Category (L)/Tutori al (P)
Level al (T)
29
6 Evaluate and advocate for the PO 2/PO E, C P L -
integration of comprehensive sex 8/ PSO1/
education into school curricula and PSO 4
community health initiatives,
emphasizing the importance of
informed decision-making and
respect for sexual rights.
CO 1 1 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - -
CO 3 1 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO 4 2 - 2 3 - - - - 1 - - - - - 2
CO 5 1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 2
CO 6 1 - - 3 - - - - 1 - - - - - 2
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
30
3. Structure of Female reproductive system
4. Physical and biological aspects of Adolescence
5. Assisted Reproductive techniques
6. Teenage Pregnancy and Sexual abuse
7. Contraceptives
8. Lifestyle diseases
9. Role of Vaccines in public health
10. Sexually transmitted diseases
11. Importance of Sex Education in Today’s Scenario
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz
2. Assignment
3. Submission of Report
4. Monitoring of yoga and exercise
5. Group discussion
6. Test
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO5 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓ ✓
31
SEMESTER II
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO101
Course Title Non - Chordate Diversity-Part II
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 - 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours 0 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course provides the students with an in-depth knowledge of the
Summary diversity in form, structure and habits of coelomata. This course also
provides students with a comprehensive understanding of the diverse world
of invertebrates and the evolutionary significance of coelomates in the
animal kingdom. Through lectures, discussions, and hands-on activities,
students will gain insight into the remarkable adaptations and ecological
roles of these fascinating organisms.
Detailed Syllabus
32
III Arthropoda and Onychophora 18
3.1 Arthropoda: General characters 2
3.2 Type- Penaeus; Morphology, digestive, respiratory, circulatory, 7
nervous, excretory and reproductive systems. Appendages and
larval forms.
3.3 Brief account on Limulus, Eupagurus, Sacculina, Apis 4
indica, Bombyx mori and Drosophila.
3.4 General topic : Social life in honey bees, termites and ants 3
3.5 General characters of Onychophora 1
3.6 Peripatus (Evolutionary significance). 1
IV Mollusca 10
4.1 General characteristics and classification (up to classes) 1
4.2 Monoplacophora: eg. Neopilina, Polyplacophora: eg. 5
Chiton, Aplacophora: eg. Neomenia, Gastropoda: eg. Pila,
Scaphopoda: eg. Dentalium, Pelecypoda: eg. Perna,
Cephalopoda: eg. Sepia.
4.3 General topic: Economic importance of mollusca, Pearl culture. 4
Mussel culture.
V Echinodermata 10
5.1 General characteristics and classification (up to classes). 1
5.2 Asteroidea: eg. Asterias, Ophiuroidea: eg. Ophiothrix, 5
Echinoidea: eg. Echinus, Holothuroidea: eg. Sea cucumber,
Crinoidea: eg. Sea lily.
5.3 General Topic: Water-vascular system and Larval forms in 4
Echinodermata
References
33
5. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Vol. Invertebrata- Part1 &
PartII. S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
6. Hyman, L. H. (1942). The invertebrate volumes. Mc Gew Hill
7. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
8. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
9. International Edition
10. Woese CR, Kandler O, Wheelis ML (June 1990). "Towards a natural system of
organisms: proposal for the domains Archaea, Bacteria, and Eucarya". Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America. 87 (12): 4576–9
Web Resources
1. https://eol.org
2. http://www.tolweb.org
3. https://www.marinebio.org/creatures/marine-invertebrates
4. https://www.montereybayaquarium.org/animals/animals
Sl No. Contents
1. Study of following specimens:
Annelida - Nereis, Hirudinaria, Earthworm
Arthropoda - Limulus, Sacculina, Eupagurus, Bombyx, honey bees Onychophora –
Peripatus
Mollusca - Chiton, Dentalium, Pila, Pinctada, Sepia
Echinodermata - Asterias, Echinus, Sea cucumber, Sea lily
2. Mount the body setae of Earthworm/ Nereis parapodia/ Wing scales of
butterfly/Radula of Sepia (any one).
3. Mount the mouth parts of Cockroach / Honey bee/ mosquito (any one).
4. Mount the appendages of prawn.
5. Dissection of nervous system of prawn/ Cockroach (any one).
6. Dissection of digestive system of Cockroach.
7. Submit field report after visiting a Life science Research Institute (preferably
CMFRI/ZSI).
8. Submit a report on any 5 Crustaceans, Annelids, Molluscs and Echinoderms.
References
1. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
2. Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and
Nelson.
3. Boradale, L.A. and Potts, E.A. (1961). Invertebrates: A Manual for the use of Students.
Asia Publishing Home .
4. Brusca, R.C, Giribet G, and Moore W (2023). Invertebrates (fourth edition). Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, M.A. Oxford University Press, USA.
34
5. Dhami. P.S and Dhami, J. K. (1979). Invertebrate zoology. R. Chand & Co. New
Delhi.
6. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Invertebrata- Part1 & PartII. S.
Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
7. Henry Sherring Pratt (2015). A Course in Invertebrate Zoology: A Guide to the
Dissection and Comparative Study of Invertebrate Animals. Palala Press.
8. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
9. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
35
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical (P)
No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial
(T)
36
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
- - - - - -
CO - - - - - 3 3 -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ / Seminar topics
1. Vector borne diseases – Dengue fever, Japanese Encephalitis, Malaria, Cutaneous
leishmaniasis
2. Economic importance of Molluscs
3. Social life in honey bees
4. Larval forms of Penaeus
5. Water vascular system in Echinodermata
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of activity report
37
4. Test
5. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer questions
4. Essay Type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓
CO5 ✓
38
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO102
Course Title Wildlife Ecology
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 – 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course The course provides an exploration of wildlife ecology and behaviour,
Summary human-wildlife interactions, emphasizing the importance of
understanding these dynamics in conservation planning. It covers aspects
such as wildlife management techniques, human-wildlife conflict
management, environmental impact assessment and research techniques,
equipping them with practical skills to address real-world conservation
challenges.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Introduction to Wildlife ecology 8
1.1 Definition and scope of wildlife ecology, Different types of forests (Brief 2
description)
1.2 Ecological Principles: Population dynamics: growth, regulation, and 2
interactions;
Community ecology: species interactions, trophic levels, and biodiversity
1.3 Habitat Ecology; Types of habitats and their characteristics, Habitat 2
selection and utilization by wildlife species
39
1.4 Wildlife Adaptations; Behavioural and physiological adaptations of 2
wildlife species; Adaptations to different habitats and environmental
conditions
II Wildlife Population Dynamics 8
2.1 Population Monitoring Techniques: Sampling methods: Direct count, 8
(Block count, Transect methods, Point count, Visual encounter survey,
Waterhole survey), Indirect count (Cell count, Track and signs, Pellet
count, Pug mark and Camera count) and remote sensing and GIS
applications in wildlife research.
III Wildlife Behaviour and Ecology 12
3.1 Migration and Dispersal: Causes and patterns of migration; Ecological 3
significance of dispersal in wildlife populations
3.2 Communication and Social Organization: Types of communication in 3
wildlife; Social structure and organization in wildlife populations
3.3 Territoriality and Home Range: Concepts of territoriality and home 3
range, Factors influencing territory size and shape
3.4 Human-Wildlife Interactions: Understanding human-wildlife 3
interactions; Impacts of human activities on wildlife behaviour and
ecology.
IV Wildlife Conservation 17
4.1 Conservation Strategies: Protected areas: types, design, and 5
management; Habitat conservation: restoration, enhancement, and creation
(In-situ and Ex-situ Conservation strategies –Brief Account)
Community-Based Conservation: Principles and approaches of
community-based conservation –in India and Kerala
Related activity: Field study – Visit to a Zoo/ Zoological Park/ Natural
History Museum and Submit a detailed report with photographs/ Prepare
a list of birds in the Zoo.
4.2 Wildlife Laws and Policies: Overview of wildlife laws and policies in 5
India; IWPA 1972 and its ramifications; Role of international conventions
and treaties in wildlife conservation (Brief Account only) Gadgil
Commission & Kasturirangan Commission.
4.3 Case studies of successful community-based conservation projects; 7
Project Tiger, Project Elephant, Project Crocodile and Project Cheetah
(Brief Account only). Threatened Species Conservation; Conservation
status and threats to endangered species; Conservation efforts for flagship
and keystone species; Control of Invasive species in forests with special
reference to Kerala Forests.
V Applied Wildlife Ecology 15
40
5.1 Wildlife Management Techniques: Population control methods: culling, 4
contraception, and translocation; Disease management in wildlife
populations
5.2 Human-Wildlife Conflict Management: Causes and mitigation strategies 5
for human-wildlife conflicts.
Conflict resolution through stakeholder engagement and conflict-sensitive
conservation
5.3 Environmental Impact Assessment: Principles and procedures of EIA; 2
Role of wildlife ecology in EIA for development projects (brief account
only).
5.4 Research Techniques in Wildlife Ecology: Field research methods: 4
trapping, tracking, and observation techniques; Non-invasive studies-
eDNA, Photogrammetry and AI. Data analysis and interpretation for
wildlife ecology research.
References
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
41
CO-4 1. Evaluate different conservation strategies, U, A PSO-3
2. Interpret wildlife laws, policies, and international
conventions related to wildlife conservation
42
3 Evaluate PO- U,A F L
various aspects 1/PSO-3
about wildlife
behaviour,
ecology and
human wildlife
conflicts
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 2 - 2 - - 1 2 - - - - - - 3 - - 2
43
CO3 - - 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 4 - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO 5 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - 3 - 2 -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assignment /Seminar Topics
▪ Prof. Madhav Gadgil and Kasturirangan Report
▪ Different types of forests
▪ Human wildlife conflict
▪ Biodiversity Hotspots – Western Ghats
▪ Community based conservation
▪ Population monitoring techniques
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Quiz/ Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer questions
4. Essay Type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
44
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO103
Course Title Aquatic Ecosystems and Sustainable Management
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 - 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course shall provide a comprehensive understanding of structure function
Summary and dynamics of aquatic ecosystems and enable the student to understand and
analyse the interrelations and importance of biotic and abiotic factors. This
course is designed to understand and explore the impact of human activities on
aquatic ecosystems. The course also covers principles and strategies for
sustainable management of aquatic resources, focusing on conservation and
restoration.
Detailed Syllabus
60
Module Unit Content
hrs
Aquatic ecosystems 10
45
1.5 River continuum concept–streams 1
IV
46
Impact of Plastic and Micro plastic pollution
4.4 Related Activity - Study the effect of plastic pollution and propose 4
mitigation strategies.
47
9. United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) - India:
https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/resource-efficiency/what-we-do/resource-
efficiency-and-chemicals/regions/asia-and-87
Course Outcomes
48
CO-2 Analyse and describe PO-1,2,3,4 C, U, An, F, C L -
the interactions E
PSO-1,2,3,4
between biotic and
abiotic components
within different
ecosystems and
understand how these
interactions
contribute to
ecosystem stability.
49
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PS0 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO 3 2 1 1 - - 3 2 1 - - - - -
1
CO 2 3 2 1 - - 2 3 2 3 - - - -
2
CO - 3 3 2 3 3 - 1 1 1
3
CO 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 - - -
4
CO - - - 3 3 2 3 3 3 2
5
CO - - - 3 2 1 1 3 2 1
6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/Seminar topics
1. Impact of climate change on aquatic ecosystem
2. Aquatic adaptation of deep-sea animals
3. Economic analysis of ecotourism in aquatic ecosystems and its role in
conservation.
4. Impact of Plastic and Micro plastic pollution on aquatic ecosystem
5. Important aquatic ecosystem spots in Kerala
50
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
5. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Question
2. Very Short Answer Question
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
51
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO104
Course Title Sensory Physiology
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 – 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides basic knowledge about the sense organs and the
Summary mechanisms by which humans receive information about their environment
through sensory organs. The learner shall understand the functional
anatomy of the main sense organs in our body.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Photoreceptors 14
52
1.5 Visual defects- myopia, hypermetropia, presbyopia, astigmatism, 2
cataract, glaucoma, amblyopia, colour blindness (brief account only)
Related activity: Students are directed to conduct a survey based on visual
defects among school or college students and present the report.
II Audio receptors 12
2.1 Structure of ear- Anatomy and functions of structural components 3
2.2 Mechanism of hearing 3
2.3 Auditory pathways-lemniscal and non-lemniscal pathways 4
2.4 Hearing disorders – sensorineural, conductive and mixed hearing loss , 2
Tinnitus, Meniere’s disease (brief account only)
III Chemoreceptors 10
3.1 Gustation – taste receptors and their mechanisms – perception of taste 4
(salt, bitter, sweet, sour and umami), mention taste pathway
3.2 Olfaction- olfactory receptors, olfactory pathways 4
3.3 Interaction of taste and smell 1
3.4 Disorders of olfaction and gustation- anosmia and ageusia (brief 1
account only)
Related activity: Students can be encouraged to make a PowerPoint
presentation on various factors that alter taste perception (group of 5 members).
IV Cutaneous receptors and proprioceptors 9
4.1 Touch and pressure receptors- Meissner’s corpuscle, Merkel’s discs, 1
pacinian corpuscle, Ruffinis’s endings (brief account only)
4.2 Thermoreceptors-warm and cold receptors (A-delta fibres and C-delta 2
fibres)
4.3 Position senses- muscle spindle and Golgi Tendon Organ (brief account 2
only)
4.4 Vestibular senses (Labyrinthine sense)- Otolith organs in inner ear, 4
semi-circular canals- crista ampullaris (structure and function)
Related activity: Power point presentation on “Time perception” (group of 5
members).
V Pain receptors 15
53
5.1 Nociceptors- different types (A-delta fibres, C-fibres, TRP receptors 1
(brief account only).
5.2 Types of pain-acute and chronic pain, neuropathic pain, Phantom limb 3
pain and mirror box, referred and visceral pain
5.3 Clinical abnormalities of pain and other somatic sensations- 2
Hyperalgesia, Thalamic syndrome, Tic Douloureux, Brown- Sequard
Syndrome
5.4 Pain suppression system in brain and spinal cord- Ascending and 6
descending pathways, Brain-opiate systems (endorphins and
enkephalins) Gate control theory (Melzack and Wall theory).
5.5 Pain treatment and management- opioid and non-opioid analgesics, 3
anti- inflammatory drugs, muscle relaxants, Placebo effect,
Acupuncture, TENS (Brief mention only).
Related activity: Group discussion on Identifying useful tips for managing pain.
References
1. Chaudhuri,S.K Concise Medical Physiology New Central Book Agency
2. Guyton,A.C. Text book of Medical Physiology,W.B. Saunders Co
3. Hilgar & Atkinson. Introdution of Psychology.
4. Kalat, J.W. Biological Psychology. CA: Wadsworth.
5. Levintha;. C.F Introduction to Physiological Psychology New Delhi Prentice Hall
6. Schneider, A. M., and Tarshis, B. An Introduction to Physiology. New York Random
House.
7. Weiten, W. (2008) Psychology: Themes and variations 7th ed New York: Brooks/Cole.
8. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK539861/
9. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK219252/
10. https://www.jax.org/news-and-insights/2019/april/mechanisms-of-sound-perception
11. https://www.aao.org/eye-health/anatomy/parts-of-eye
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
54
mechanisms underlying visual mechanisms and visual
impairments
CO-2 Examines the anatomy and functions of the structural U, Ap, An PSO- 1,4
components of the ear, including the mechanism of
hearing and auditory pathways, evaluate disorders etc,
which provide students with a comprehensive
understanding of the ear's anatomy, function, and
common auditory disorders.
55
3 Explores the mechanisms of PO- U F, C L -
gustation and olfaction, which 1,2,8/
provides a comprehensive PSO- 1,4
understanding of chemosensation
and its related disorders.
CO 2 2 - - 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - - 1
CO 3 1 - - 2 - - - 1 2 - - - - - 1
CO 4 2 - - 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - - -
CO 5 2 - - 2 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
56
2. Prepare a power point presentation on the working of different sense organs
3. Diseases affecting different sense organs
4. Recent advancements in technology (e.g., virtual reality, neuroimaging) and their
applications in studying sensory physiology,
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of PowerPoint presentations
4. Test
5. Quiz/ Debate
End semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer type
4. Essay type
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
57
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
3 3 hours - - 3
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course Summary The course will develop a comprehensive understanding of Earth system
dynamics, climate change impacts, mitigation strategies, and international
agreements aimed at addressing global environmental challenges. They will be
equipped to analyse environmental data, assess ecological health, and contribute
to sustainable practices and policy decisions related to climate change and
environmental protection.
Detailed Syllabus
58
Atmospheric deposition: past and present scenario; causes and
consequences of excessive atmospheric deposition of nutrients and trace
3.1 elements; acid rain and its effects on plants, animals, microbes and 5
ecosystems.
References
1. Adger, N.; Brown, K. and Conway, D. (2012). Global Environmental Change:
Understanding the Human Dimensions. The National Academic Press.
2. Hester, R.E. and Harrison, R.M. (2002). Global Environmental Change. Royal Society
of Chemistry.
3. Matthew, R.A.; Barnett, J. and McDonald, B. (2009). Global Environmental Change
and Human Security. MIT Press., USA.
4. Turekian, K.K. (1996). Global Environmental Change-Past, Present, and Future.
Prentice-Hall.
59
Web resources
1. https://incois.gov.in/
2. https://mausam.imd.gov.in/
3. https://mausamjournal.imd.gov.in/index.php/MAUSAM
Course Outcomes
60
Name of the Course: Global Climate Change
Credits: 3:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
Lecture
CO Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO PO/PSO (L)/Tutoria
No. Level Category (P)
l (T)
Explain the
anthropological impact of
climate change or assess
the impacts of climate
change on atmospheric PO1,
deposition, excessive PO2/
5 An, E, U F L -
nutrient and trace element PSO1,
deposition, acid rain, PSO 2
eutrophication, and their
consequences on various
ecosystems and human
activities.
61
including the evolution of
the ozone layer, radiative
transfer, and an improved
estimate of climate
sensitivity.
CO 1 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - -
CO 2 2 3 - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
CO 3 1 1 - - - - - 1 - - - - -
CO 4 2 2 - - - - 1 2 - - - - -
CO 5 3 1 - - - - 3 2 - - - - -
CO 6 1 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CO 7 2 1 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
62
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
1. Group discussions on the pros and cons of different international agreements in
climate change mitigation.
2. Global warming and Greenhouse effect
3. Ozone layer depletion
4. Acid rain and its consequences
5. Earth Hour
6. Kyoto protocol
7. Greta Thunberg
8. Paris Agreement
9. G 20
10. INCOIS and IMD
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of Green audit report
4. Submission of Activity report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 7 ✓ ✓ ✓
63
SEMESTER III
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester III
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Course Summary The course "Chordate Diversity Part 1" provides a comprehensive overview of
chordates, from the tunicates to the amphibians. The key points covered in this
course are salient features of chordates, classical classification, cladogram, and
exciting examples. Exciting topics on air-breathing fishes, migratory fishes,
blind fishes, endemic fishes, and invasive alien fishes are also included. Overall,
the course provides a comprehensive understanding of chordate diversity and
evolution. Through lectures and hands-on activities, students gain a deeper
appreciation for chordates' remarkable diversity, evolutionary history, and
significance in biological research and conservation efforts.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Chordates 5
1.1 Chordates: Key characters (Notochord, Dorsal tubular nerve cord, 2
Pharyngeal gill-slits) of Chordata (Brief account only).
1.2 Classification and Phylogeny: Classical classification of chordates 3
(Mention only). New trends in the classification of chordates based on
molecular data and phylogenetic analyses (Cladogram) (Brief account only).
Phylogenetic tree (Cladogram) of chordates (Brief account only).
II Non-vertebrate Chordates 4
2.1 Non-vertebrate Chordates: Evolutionary significance (Brief account only). 1
64
2.2 Tunicates: General characters. Scientific classification, IUCN status, 2
distribution, and salient features of Star tunicate (Botryllus schlosseri).
Retrogressive metamorphosis in ascidian larvae (Brief account only).
2.3 Lancelets: General characters. Scientific classification, IUCN status, 1
habitat, salient features and feeding behaviour of European lancelet
(Branchiostoma lanceolatum).
III Vertebrate Chordates 12
3.1 Vertebrates: An overview of evolution (Brief account only). Key 3
characteristics and significant characteristics of vertebrates.
3.2 Fishes: The origin of fishes (Brief account only). Key characteristics of 3
fishes (Vertebral column, Jaws and paired appendages, Internal gills, Single-
loop blood circulation, Nutritional deficiencies). Evolution of fishes (Brief
account only).
3.3 Jawless Fishes (Agnathans): General characters. Scientific classification, 2
IUCN status, distribution, habitat, and salient features of Pacific hagfish
(Eptatretus stoutii) and Sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus) - Mention
ecology, migration and invasiveness.
3.4 Cartilaginous Fishes (Chondrichthyes): General characters. Scientific 2
classification, IUCN status, distribution, habitat, salient features, and
ecology of Spadenose shark (Scoliodon laticaudus) and Marbled electric ray
(Torpedo marmorata) - Mention defence mechanism.
3.5 Bony Fishes (Osteichthyes): General characters. Scientific classification, 2
IUCN status, distribution, habitat, and salient features of Indian mackerel
(Rastrelliger kanagurta) and Live sharksucker (Echeneis naucrates) -
Mention adaptations.
IV Interesting Facts on Fishes 14
4.1 Air-breathing Fishes: Types of accessory respiratory organs in fishes. Brief 3
account on accessory respiratory organs in Climbing perch (Anabas
testudineus), Walking catfish (Clarias batrachus), Spotted snakehead
(Channa punctata), Stinging catfish (Heteropneustes fossilis), European eel
(Anguilla Anguilla), and Banded gourami (Trichogaster fasciata).
4.2 Fish Migration: Mention types of migration. Classification of fishes 2
based on migration (Anadromous and Catadromous). Significance and
disadvantages of migration. Eg. Migration in European eel (Anguilla
anguilla).
4.3 Blind Fishes: General characteristics of cave-dwelling fishes, Threats and 2
conservation., Very brief descriptions on the specialities of Meghalayan
cave fish (Neolissochilus pnar), Cave goby (Typhleotris madagascariensis),
Blind cave goby (Typhleotris mararybe), Blind electric ray (Typhlonarke
aysoni), Blind catfish (Horaglanis krishnai), Waterfall climbing cave fish
(Cryptotora thamicola), and Ozark cavefish (Amblyopsis rosae).
4.5 Common Indigenous Fishes of Kerala: Brief descriptions on Distribution, 3
habitat, vernacular names and threats of Denison barb/Miss Kerala
(Dawkinsia denisonii), Gunther's catfish (Horabagrus brachysoma),
Pearlspot (Etroplus suratensis).
4.6 Diversity of Invasive Alien fishes of India: Ecological concern and effect 4
of climate change. A case study on the invasion of the Suckermouth catfish
(Hypostomus plecostomus). Brief descriptions of invasive alien fishes,
Mozambique tilapia (Oreochromis mossambicus), Common carp (Cyprinus
carpio), Striped catfish (Pangasianodon hypophthalmus), Orinoco sailfin
catfish (Pterygoplichthys multiradiatus), Amazon sailfin catfish
(Pterygoplichthys pardalis), and Pirapitinga (Piaractus brachypomus).
V Amphibians 10
65
5.1 Amphibians: Origin (Brief account only). Distinguishing characteristics of 3
amphibians (Legs, Lungs, Cutaneous respiration, Pulmonary veins and
Partially divided heart). Evolution of amphibians (Brief account only).
5.2 Modern Amphibians: 4
Frogs and Toads (Anurans): General characters. Scientific classification,
IUCN status, habitat, and salient features. of Malabar flying frog
(Rhacophorus malabaricus). Mention Indian toad (Duttaphrynus parietalis)
Salamanders (Caudatans): General characters. Scientific classification,
IUCN status, habitat, salient features, neoteny and paedogenesis of Tiger
salamander (Ambystoma tigrinum). Mention Neoteny.
Caecilians (Apodans): General characters. Scientific classification, IUCN
status, distribution, and salient features of Kodagu striped Ichthyophis
(Ichthyophis kodaguensi).
5.3 Parental Care in Amphibians: Types (Direct nursing & nests). Brief 3
account of parental care in Common midwife toad (Alytes obstetricans),
Darwin's frog (Rhinoderma darwinii), Common Surinam toad (Pipa pipa),
Horned marsupial frog (Gastrotheca cornuta), Malabar flying frog
(Rhacophorus malabaricus), and Ceylon caecilian (Ichthyophis glutinosus).
References:
Recommended Books
1. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Kenneth A. Mason, Jonathan Losos, and Susan
Singer, Carleton College (2017). Biology, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education.
2. Young, J. Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
3. Michael J. Benton (2024). Vertebrate Palaeontology, 5th edition, Wiley.
4. Kotpal R. L. (2020). Vertebrates, Fifth Edition, Rastogi Publications.
Suggested Reading:
1. Darlington P. J. The geographical distribution of animals, R.E Krieger Pub Co.
2. Benton, M. J. (2004). Vertebrate Palaeontology, Third Edition. Blackwell Publishing.
3. Ueda H and Tsukamoto, K (2013). Physiology and Ecology of Fish Migration CRC
Press. ISBN 9781466595132.
4. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 1: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
5. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 2: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
6. Eleonora Trajano, Maria Elina Bichuette and B.G. Kapoor (2017). Biology of
Subterranean Fishes, 1st edition, CRC Press.
7. Michael J. Benton (2014). Vertebrate Palaeontology, 4th edition, Wiley-Blackwell.
8. Harvey Pough F. and Christine M. Janis (2019). Vertebrate Life, 10th Edition, Oxford
University Press.
9. Richard D. Aldridge (2019). Handbook of Animal Diversity, CRC Press, ISBN
9781351089906, First Edition.
10. Kenneth Kardong (2019). Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution.
ISBN13: 9781259700910, 8th Edition.
Web Resources:
1. http://palaeo.gly.bris.ac.uk/benton/vertclass.html
2. https://www.britannica.com/animal/cave-fish
3. https://encyclopediaofarkansas.net/entries/cave-fishes-14667/
4. https://vertebrate-zoology.arphahub.com/article/101011/
5. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in
66
6. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in
7. https://www.britannica.com/science/invasive-species
8. https://www.fishbase.se/search.php
Practicum (30 hrs)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
Sl. Contents
No.
5 Frogs and Toads (Anurans): Purple frog (Nasikabatrachus sahyadrensis) and Asian
common toad (Duttaphrynus melanostictus). Salient features (Spotter). (Use
photos/drawings).
8 Osteology of frog: Typical vertebra, Ninth vertebra, Urostyle. Sketch and label. (Spotter).
9 Isolation and temporary whole mount preparation of Placoid scales of Shark (Minor
practical).
10 Isolation and temporary whole mount preparation of Cycloid scales of a fish (Minor
practical).
11 Isolation and temporary whole mount preparation of the Ctenoid scale of a fish (Minor
practical).
12 Dissection and display the digestive system of any fish (Major practical).
67
15 PowerPoint presentation on Amphibian Orders (Anura, Caudata, and Apoda). Typical
examples and Key characteristics of living Amphibians (Frogs, Toads, Salamanders,
Newts, and Caecilians) must be included (Group activity).
16 Visit a local aquarium and make a report on five exotic ornamental fishes (Individual
report).
References
Recommended Books:
1. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Kenneth A. Mason, Jonathan Losos, and Susan
Singer, Carleton College (2017). Biology, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education.
2. Young, J. Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
3. Kotpal R. L. (2020). Vertebrates, Fifth Edition, Rastogi Publications.
Suggested Reading:
1. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 1: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
2. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 2: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
3. Harvey Pough F. and Christine M. Janis (2019). Vertebrate Life, 10th Edition, Oxford
University Press.
4. Richard D. Aldridge (2019). Handbook of Animal Diversity, CRC Press, ISBN
9781351089906, First Edition.
5. Kenneth Kardong (2019). Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution.
ISBN13: 9781259700910, 8th Edition.
Web Resources:
1. https://www.britannica.com
2. https://www.fishbase.se/search.php
3. https://animaldiversity.org
4. https://cmfri.com/library-museum.html
5. https://www.museumsofindia.org/museum/12251/kerala-biodiversity-museum
6. https://tnhm.in
7. https://naturalhistory.si.edu
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
68
CO-2 Understand and analyse key distinguishing features and U, Ap, An 1, 2, 3, 6
evolutionary significance of cephalochordates and learn
food and feeding strategies through practical laboratory
sessions.
CO-5 Gain insight into and analyse the critical distinguishing Ap, An 3, 7, 6
characteristics, ecological roles, and parental care
behaviours observed in amphibians.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Chordate Diversity -Part I
Credits: 3:0:1(Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
69
4 Gain a thorough understanding of PO-1, 2, U, An, Ap F, C, P L P
the diversity and conservation 5, 6, 8
considerations related to fishes,
/PSO-1,
while enhancing visualization
3, 5, 6, 7
skills through the creation of
posters and hands-on laboratory
experiences.
1
3 - 3 - - 1 - - 2 - - - 1 1 - -
2
- 1 3 - - 1 - - 1 - - - - 2 - -
3
- - 3 - - 1 - - 2 - - - - 2 - -
4
- - 2 - 2 1 1 - 2 2 - - 2 3 - 1
5
- - 3 - - 1 1 - 1 - - - - 3 - 1
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly/Low
2 Moderate/Medium
3 Substantial/High
70
Assessment Rubrics:
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of reports
4. Submission of field reports
5. Tests
CO 1 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓
71
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO202
Course Title Diversity of Chordates
Detailed Syllabus
45
Module Unit Content
hrs
72
1.4 Agnatha - Myxinomorphi, Petromyzontomorphi 2
73
4.3 Techniques in bird watching, Bird calls. 2
Sl.No. Contents
74
8 Identification of any one species each of house lizard and skink
References
1. Vertebrate Life, 11th Edition; Harvey Pough, William E. Bemis, Betty Anne McGuire,
and Christine M. Janis; Oxford University Press
2. The Diversity of Fishes: Biology, Evolution, and Ecology; Gene S. Helfman, Bruce B.
Collette, Douglas E. Facey; Wiley
3. The Cornell Lab of Ornithology Handbook of Bird Biology (third edition); Irby J.
Lovette and John W. Fitzpatrick; John Wiley & Sons
Web Resources
1. https://ebird.org
2. https://amazingzoology.com/latest-classification
3. https://open-education-repository.ucl.ac.uk/view/keywords/vertebrate.html
Course Outcomes
75
Understand the origin and evolution of various
CO-2 R, U
chordate groups.
Lecture
CO Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO PO/PSO (L)/Tutorial
No. Level Category (P)
(T)
Identify the
systematic
status of PO-
chordates from 1,2,3
CO-1 R, U, Ap F, C L P
the tree of life PSO-1,
by applying the PSO-3
principles of
cladistics.
Understand the
origin and
evolution of PO- 1,2
CO-2 R, U F, C L
various PSO-1
chordate
groups.
Systematically
identify and
PO -1,2
CO-3 place an animal R, U F, C L
PSO-1
under a specific
chordae group.
Identify
PO- 1,2
CO-4 morphological R, U F, C L P
PSO-3
and anatomical
76
features of
various
chordates.
Prepare notes
on the PO 1,6
CO-5 identification PSO-1, U, An F, C, P P
and description PSO-6
of an animal
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive
PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO 1 3 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 1 - -
CO 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 - - - - -
CO 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 - - - - -
CO 4 - - 3 - - - 3 1 - - - - -
CO 5 3 - 3 - - - 2 - - - - 3 -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments
1. Migration in fishes
2. Accessory respiratory organ in fishes
3. Parental care in amphibians
4. Flight adaptations in birds
5. Aquatic adaptations in mammals
77
6. Dentition in mammals
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Quiz/Debate
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
78
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO203
Course Title Concepts of Ethology
Type of Course DSC
Semester III
Academic 200 – 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides a detailed examination of animal behaviour, spanning its
Summary historical origins, classification, and analysis, alongside discussions on
proximate and ultimate causes. Students explore a broad spectrum of topics
including social dynamics, sexual behaviours, communication, territoriality,
aggression, parental care, and the intricate rhythms of chronobiology, with a
focus on understanding the evolutionary forces that shape these behaviours. Field
oriented activities of this course will help the student a better understanding of
animal and its interaction with environment.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Animal Behaviour 6
79
3.3 Kinship theory: Relatedness & inclusive fitness. 2
3.4 Parental care in fishes (Nest building & cost benefit) 2
IV Behaviour and Evolution of Behaviours 11
5.1 Short- and Long- term rhythms; Circadian rhythms; Tidal rhythms and 4
Lunar rhythms; Concept of synchronization and masking; Photic and non-
photic zeitgebers; Circannual rhythms; Photoperiod regulation seasonal
V reproduction of vertebrates; Role of melatonin.
5.2 Migration, orientation and navigation; Domestication and behavioural 4
changes. Biological rhythms: types and characteristics
5.3 Chronobiology; Brief historical developments in chronobiology; Adaptive 4
significance of biological clocks; Relevance of biological clocks;
Describe briefly: Chronopharmacology, Chronomedicine, Chronotherapy.
Sl.No. Contents
1 To study nests and nesting habits of the birds and social insects.
2 To study the behavioural responses of wood lice to dry and humid
conditions.
3 To study geotaxis behaviour in earthworm/ To study the phototaxis
behaviour in insect larvae.
4 Visit to Forest/ Wild life Sanctuary/Biodiversity Park/Zoological Park
to study behavioural activities of animals and prepare a project report.
5 Study of circadian functions in humans (daily eating, sleep and
temperature patterns)
References
80
8. Drickamar (2001). Animal Behavior: Mechanisms, Ecology, Evolution. McGraw-Hill
9. Education.
10. John Alcock (2001). Animal Behaviour, Sinauer Associate Inc., USA.
11. Paul W. Sherman and John Alcock (2010) Exploring Animal Behaviour, Sinauer
Associate Inc., Massachusetts, USA.
12. Jay. C. Dunlap, Jennifer. J. Loros, Patricia J. De Coursey (ed). 2004, Chronobiology
13. Biological Timekeeping: Sinauer Associates, Inc. Publishers, Sunderland, MA, USA
14. D.S. Saunders, C.G.H. Steel, X., Afopoulou (ed.) R.D. Lewis. (3rd Ed) 2002. Insect
Clocks: Barens and Noble Inc. New York, USA.
15. Vinod Kumar (2002). Biological Rhythms: Narosa Publishing House, Delhi/ Springer-
Verlag, Germany.
https://ccb.ucsd.edu/the-bioclock-studio/education-resources/basics/part2.html
16. Ethology practical by Vilmos Altbäcker, Márta Gácsi, András Kosztolányi, Ákos
Pogány, Gabriella Lakatos, and Péter Pongrácz Copyright © 2013 Eötvös Loránd
University
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
81
Name of the Course: Concepts of Ethology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)
4 Critically PO- An F, C L
review 8/PSO-
hypotheses to 1/PSO-2
explain animal
behaviour
5 Understand PO- A, C P P
different 6/PO-
methods for 8/PSO-
collecting data 1/PSO-
on animal
82
behaviour 5/PSO-6
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1
CO 1 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
2
CO - 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2
3
CO 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
4
CO 2 - - - 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 - 3
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
83
Assessment Rubrics:
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO5 ✓ ✓ ✓
84
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO204
Course Title Body Functions and Regulation
Type of Course DSC
Semester III
Academic 200 – 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course Through the course, the student shall gain knowledge and can explore
Summary the research findings, case studies, and interdisciplinary perspectives to
deepen their understanding of how physiological processes shape human
behaviour. By integrating knowledge from neuroscience, endocrinology,
and psychology, students gain a comprehensive understanding of the
physiological basis of behaviour and its implications for health and well-
being.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Eating and its regulation 10
1.1 Set point theories of hunger and eating: thermostatic theory, lipostatic 2
theory and glucostatic theory
1.2 Feeding centres in the brain- hypothalamus, hunger and satiety centres, 5
arcuate nucleus, paraventricular nucleus, orexigenic and anorexigenic
signals, orbitofrontal cortex, peripheral factors- ghrelin, insulin, leptin,
nesfatin-1 and cholecystokinin
85
1.3 Eating disorders: obesity (BMI, causes and management), brief account 3
on polyphagia, aphagia, anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa
Related activities: 1. Survey based on the identification of obese people (group
activity).
2.Conduct awareness programmes through role play/group discussion
related to nutritional components and their physiological role.
II Physiological basis of drinking 8
2.1 Water gain and loss in human body, thirst- osmotic thirst and hypovolemic 5
thirst
Regulation of thirst: thirst receptors, renin angiotensin system,
hypothalamic control of thirst, anticipatory signals
2.2 Disorders of water balance: dehydration, fluid sequestration, polydipsia, 3
adipsia
III Sleep and dreaming 12
3.1 Stages of sleep and changes in EEG, NREM sleep, REM sleep and 5
dreaming, functions of sleep
3.2 Neural control of sleep – ARAS, brain stem nuclei, noradrenergic 4
systems, serotonergic systems, cholinergic systems, reciprocal interaction
model of sleep, role of hypothalamus
3.3 Sleep disorders: insomnia, narcolepsy, sleep apnea, somnambulism, jet 3
lag
Related activity: Identify people suffering from sleep disorders and provide
advice for remedies by survey method.
IV Sexual behaviour 11
4.1 Definition of sex, dynamics of sexual behaviour- mating patterns based on 6
number of mates and breeding period, external control of sexual behaviour-
Coolidge effect; external cues
4.2 Neural mechanisms of sexual behaviour- brain and sexual behaviour 4
performance circuit, role of hypothalamus, pituitary and gonads- control of
the secretion of sex hormones in male and female, role of pheromones
4.3. Chemical interventions and sexual behaviour – chemicals that target 1
dopamine, serotonin, sexual orientation
Related activity: Conduct invited talks/power point presentation by students
focusing on sexuality development and behaviour.
V 19
Learning and memory
86
5.1 Learning – definition and types of learning- motor, verbal, concept, 4
discrimination, principles of learning- problem solving, attitude learning
5.2 Early learning discoveries – Pavlov’s experiments, Lashley’s work, 4
Thompson’s work, learning outside hippocampus
5.3 Criteria of memory, types of memory- declarative/explicit, non- 5
declarative/implicit, semantic and episodic memories, long term and short
term memories
Brain regions involved in learning and memory
5.4 Neural mechanisms of memory: synaptic plasticity, Hebbian synapses, 4
long term potentiation (LTP), hippocampus and glutamate receptors,
engram
5.5 Forgetting: theories of forgetting- interference theory, retrieval theory, 2
weak storage theory.
Related activities: 1. Invited talks by neurologists/psychologists focusing on
memory retention.
2.Intraclass competition to find memory power among learners using
randomly ordered words/items.
References
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
87
regulation. They will also gain insight into the causes,
consequences, and management strategies for obesity,
a major public health concern.
1 Comprehensive PO-1, U, An F, C L
understanding of PO-
the neurobiological, 2/PSO-
physiological, and 1,2,4
behavioral factors
that influence
88
feeding behavior,
digestion, and body
weight regulation.
They will also gain
insight into the
causes,
consequences, and
management
strategies for
obesity, a major
public health
concern.
89
in regulating
physiological and
cognitive processes.
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO 2 2 - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - - - - -
1
90
CO 1 2 2 2 - - - - 2 2 - - - - - -
2
CO - 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - -
3
CO 2 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - -
4
CO - 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation
91
End Semester evaluation
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO5 ✓ ✓ ✓
92
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO205
Course Title Human Parasitology and Vector- Borne Diseases
Type of Course DSC
Semester III
Academic 200 – 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This undergraduate course provides students with a comprehensive
Summary understanding of human parasitology and vector-borne diseases. Through
lectures, laboratory sessions, and fieldwork, students will explore the
fundamental concepts, epidemiology, transmission, and control strategies
related to various parasitic organisms and vector-borne diseases affecting
human populations.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
93
1.3 Classification of human parasites – Protozoa and Metazoa 2
(Helminths and Arthropods)
Helminths - Platyhelminthes (Trematoda and Cestoda) and
Nematoda
Arthropoda – Arachnida, Insecta
1.4 Types of vectors – Biological (Active) and Mechanical (Passive)– 1
definition and 2 examples each
1.5 Classification of vectors – Arthropoda, Mollusca and Mammalia – 1
One example each
1.6 Host-parasite interactions – parasitism, commensalism and 2
mutualism
Host- vector interactions
Basic Concepts in Parasite Biology 10
2.1 Morphological characteristics and Taxonomic classification of 3
common human parasites –Plasmodium vivax, Entamoeba
histolytica, Schistosoma haematobium, Taenia solium, Ascaris
lumbricoides, Ancylostoma duodenale and Wuchereria Bancrofti
2.2 Parasite life cycles – direct vs. indirect transmission, host specificity 2
and host range, modes of transmission – waterborne (mention
II
example E. histolytica), foodborne (mention example T. solium),
vector-borne (mention example P. vivax) and zoonotic transmission
(mention example Toxoplasma. gondii)
2.3 Epidemiology of Parasitic diseases – global distribution, factors 3
influencing disease transmission – environmental, socioeconomic
and behavioral factors; Impact of climate change and urbanization
on disease epidemiology
2.4 Host-Parasite Interactions – Overview of host immune responses 2
to parasitic infections, mechanisms of evasion of host immunity
Human Parasitic Diseases 12
III 3.1 Protozoan parasites: Morphology, life cycles, and pathogenesis – 4
Plasmodium vivax, Entamoeba histolytica. Add notes on clinical
manifestations/symptoms, treatment and prophylaxis.
3.2 Helminthic parasites: Morphology (emphasis on parasitic 4
adaptations), life cycles, and pathogenesis – Schistosoma
haematobium, Taenia solium. Add notes on clinical
manifestations/symptoms, treatment and prophylaxis.
3.3 Human Nematode parasites: Morphology (emphasis on parasitic 4
adaptations), life cycles, and pathogenesis – Ascaris lumbricoides,
Ancylostoma duodenale and Wuchereria bancrofti. Add notes on
clinical manifestations/symptoms, treatment and prophylaxis.
94
Introduction to Vector-borne diseases 8
4.1 Introduction to vector-borne diseases and overview of vectors- 2
mosquitoes, ticks, flies
4.2 Major vector-borne diseases: malaria, dengue fever, Zika, Lyme 4
IV
disease and rat fever -Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations,
treatment, and prophylaxis
4.3 Public health implications and vector control measures 2
(insecticide-treated bed nets, indoor residual spraying)
The Importance and Future of Parasitology 5
5.1 Importance of studying human parasitology and vector biology – 1
impact on vulnerable populations
5.2 Ethical and social considerations – ethical issues related to 1
research on human parasitic diseases; social determinants –
V transmission and access to healthcare
5.3 The future of parasitology – Vaccine development and 2
implementation, targeted therapy, vector control and surveillance,
career opportunities (research scientist, public health specialist,
vector control specialist, medical entomologist, epidemiologist,
academic educator, consultant, wildlife biologist,
pharmaceutical/biotechnology industry professional
5.4 Indian Institutes specializing in Parasitology and Vector-borne 1
diseases – NIMR (New Delhi), NIE (Chennai), NIV (Pune), VCRC
(Puducherry), RMRC (Dibrugarh), ICMR-NITM (Belagavi), IIPH
(Gandhinagar), NCDC (Delhi) – mention their role/contribution
References:
95
8. Dennis French,Tom Craig, Jerome Hogsette, Jr, Angela Pelzel-McCluskey, Linda
Mittel, Kenton Morgan, David Pugh and Wendy Vaala (2016). External Parasite and
Vector Control Guidelines, The American Association of Equine Practitioners.
9. Gordis, L. (2018). Epidemiology (Sixth edition.). Philadelphia: Elsevier Saunders
10. Gubler,D.J. E. E. Ooi, S. Vasudevan, J. Farra, Duane J. Gubler, EngEongOoi,
SubhashVasudevan, Jeremy Farrar. (Aug. 2014). Dengue and Dengue Hemorrhagic
Fever. Ed. 2. CABI
11. Guidelines for integrated vector management for control of Aedes mosquito, Govt of
India National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme, Directorate General of
Health Services, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare
12. Harwood R.F. and James M.T. (1979). Entomology in Human and animal health.
Macmillan Publishing Co.Inc, London. 7 Ed.
13. Ian F. Burgess (2004). Human Lice and their Control, Annu. Rev. Entomol. 49:457–81
doi: 10.1146/annurev.ento.49.061802.123253
14. Kochchar, S.K. (2009). A TextBook of Parasitology. Wisdom Press.
15. Lena Lorenz and Mary Cameron (2013). Biological and Environmental control of
Disease vectors. CABI Publishing
16. National ethical guidelines for biomedical and health research involving human
participants. New Delhi: Indian Council of Medical Research; 2017.
17. Nutman. (2002). Lymphatic filariasis. Imperial College.
18. Paniker CK, Ghosh S. (2021). Paniker’s Textbook of Medical Parasitology, 9/e, Jaypee
Brothers Medical Publishers.
19. Park. K. (2023). Park’s textbook of preventive and social medicine, 27/e, Bhanot
publishers.
20. Rothman K, Greenland S, and Lash TL. Modern epidemiology, 4th Edition.
Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
21. Sabesan S, Raju KH, Subramanian S, Srivastava PK, Jambulingam P. Lymphatic
filariasis transmission risk map of India, based on a geo-environmental risk model.
Vector-Borne and Zoonotic Diseases. 2013; 13(9): 657-65.
22. Stephen L. Doggett (2005). Bed bug ecology and control, Pests of Disease and Unease,
Australia
23. WHO (2015). Indoor Residual Spraying. An operational manual for indoor residual
spraying IRS) for malaria transmission control and elimination,
24. World Health Organization. (2012). Handbook for integrated vector management.
World Health Organization. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/44768
96
4. Study of arthropod vectors associated with human diseases through
permanent slides/ photographs: Pediculus, Culex, Anopheles, Aedes,
Musca domestica
5. Mounting and dissection: Mouth parts of mosquito and housefly.
6. Submission of a report based on survey of selected localities about any
one of the insect vectors and disease transmitted
References:
1. Imms, A.D. (1977). A General TextBook of Entomology. Chapman & Hall, UK .
2.Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.
2. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P.J.W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
3. Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and
Nelson
4.Chapman, R.F. (1998). The Insects: Structure and Function. IV Edition, Cambridge
University Press, UK
Course Outcomes
97
CO-4 Evaluate vector control strategies and public health Ap, E PSO3
interventions: Students will evaluate the effectiveness
of different vector control strategies and public health
interventions in mitigating the spread of vector-borne
diseases and reducing the burden of parasitic infections
on affected populations.
98
parasitic
diseases:
Students will
grasp the
complex life
cycles and
transmission
mechanisms of
parasites and
vectors,
including the
factors
influencing
their
transmission
dynamics and
epidemiology.
99
interventions:
Students will
evaluate the
effectiveness of
different vector
control
strategies and
public health
interventions in
mitigating the
spread of
vector-borne
diseases and
reducing the
burden of
parasitic
infections on
affected
populations.
100
diverse
contexts.
CO 2 3 - - - - - 1 1 - - - 3 - -
1
CO 2 3 - - 3 - - - - 2 - - - - -
2
CO - - 2 - - 2 - - - - - 2 - - -
3
CO - - 2 - - - - - - - 3 - - - -
4
CO - 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 - 2 - -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/Seminar Topics:
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of Field/Project/Survey Report
4. Test
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
102
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSEZOO201
Course Title Fisheries Science I-Taxonomy and Fishery Biology
Course Summary The course provides basic understanding about the taxonomy and biology of
finfishes and shellfishes to undertake any aquaculture operation.
Conventional and modern methods employed for identification of species are
discussed in the first module. In the subsequent modules, biological aspects
pertaining to food and feeding, reproductive biology, early life history and
age and growth are discussed.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Taxonomy of finfishes and shellfishes 12
1.1 Taxonomic procedures: Collection, identification and preservation of 5
I Commercially important fishes, crustaceans, and Mollusc with special
reference to the fauna of Kerala.
1.3 Morphological features and characters used in identification of fishes, 7
prawns, shrimps, crabs, lobsters, and molluscs (Truss morphometry).
1.4 Modern taxonomical tools: Karyotyping, DNA barcoding 2
Food and feeding behaviour 6
103
2.1 Food and feeding habits of fishes, commercially important Crustaceans, and
Molluscs. Feeding adaptation, Feeding in relation to Season, Growth, Sex
II 3
and Breeding in Fishes, commercially important Crustaceans and
Molluscs.
2.2 Methods of studying Food and Feeding habit: Stomach fullness Index, 3
Empty Stomach Ratio, Relative Gut Length, Gastro Somatic Index.
Reproductive Biology 11
3.1 Anatomy of gonads, modes of reproduction – gonochorism, 3
hermaphroditism, protandry, protogyny. semelparity, iteroparity.
3.2 Reproductive strategies – oviparity, viviparity and ovoviviparity. Stages 3
of maturity in finfishes and shellfishes. Factors influencing reproduction.
3.3 Maturation and Spawning in Fishes: Methods used to estimate size at 3
III
maturity, sex ratio, spawning season, spawning frequency, Fecundity,
Gonadosomatic index.
3.4 Fecundity and its relationship to reproductive adaptation, Environmental 2
influence of Fecundity.
Early life history 10
IV 4.1 Types of eggs, embryonic and larval development in finfishes. Hatching 4
rate, survival rate and mortality rate, free embryo, critical period concept.
4.2 Early developmental stages of shrimps, crabs, lobsters and bivalves 5
(brief account only )
References:
1. Bal, D.V. and K.V. Rao, 1990. Marine fisheries of India. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi. First revised edition. 472 pp.
2. Bone, Q and R.H. Moore. 2008 (Third Ed.). Biology of fishes. Taylor & Francis Group, New
York.
3. Biswas, K.P. 1996. A Textbook of Fish, Fisheries and Technology. 2nd ed. Narendra Publ. Hse.,
India
4. Bone,Q., N. B. Marshall and J.H.S. Blaxter.1999. Biology of Fishes. Chapmann and Hall
104
5. Carpenter KE & VH Niem (1998) FAO Species identification guide for fishery purposes. The
living marine resources of the Western Central Pacific. Vol 1. Seaweeds, corals, bivalves and
gastropods. FAO, Rome.
6. Clark, A.B. & A.L. Panchen 1974. Synopsis of Animal Classification. John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
NY.
7.Cowey, C.B. et al. 1985. Nutrition and Feeding in Fish. Academic Press, New York
8. Datta Munshi, J.S & M.P. Srivastava 1988. Natural History of Fishes: Systematics of Freshwater
Fishes of India. Narendra Publishing Co., New Delhi, 403 pp.
9. Day, F. 1865. The Fishes of Malabar. Quariteb, London, 293 pp.
10. Halver, J.E. 1972. Fish Nutrition. Academic Press, London.
11. Hewitt, G. M., A. W. B. Johnston, and P. R. W. Young, eds. 1991. Molecular Techniques in
Taxonomy. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
12. Hillis, D. M., C. Moritz, and B. K. Mable. 1996. Molecular Systematics, 2d ed. Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, Mass.
13. Hoar, W.S. and D.J. Randall. 1971. Fish Physiology. Vols. I to V. Academic Press, New York.
14. Hoithuis, L.B. 1991. FAQ species catalogue. Marine lobsters of the world. An annoted and
illustrated catalogue of species of interest to fisheries known to date. FAO Fisheries
Synopsis. FAO. Rome, Vol.
15. Jayaram, K.C. 1999. The Freshwater Fishes of the Indian Region. Narendra Publ. Hse.,
Delhi, 551 pp.
16. Khanna, S.S., 1993. An introduction to fishes, Central Book Depot, Allahabad, 530 pp.
17. Kottelat, M. & T. Whitten 1996. Freshwater Biodiversity in Asia with Special Reference to
Fish. World Bank Technical Paper No.343, The World Bank, Washington.
18. Kurian, C.V. & V.O. Sebastian 1986. Prawns and Prawn Fisheries of India. Hindustan Publ.
Corpn., New Delhi, 297 pp.
19. Lagler, K.F., J.E. Bardach & R.E. Miller 1963. Ichthyology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY.
20.Moyle, P.B. and J.J. Cech, 1996. Fishes, an introduction to ichthyology. (3rd Ed.). Prentice
Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 590 pp.
21. Narendran, T.C. 2006. An Introduction to Taxonomy. Zoological Survey of India, Koltata.
22. New & Barnard. 2010. Freshwater Prawns Biology & Farming. Wiley- Blackwell, London.
23. Raghunath, M.R. 2013. Nutrition and Feeding of Fishes. Swastik Publishing House, Delhi.
24. Simpson, G.G.1969. Principles of Animal Taxonomy. Oxford & IBH Publ. Co., Bombay.
25. Smyth & Lynwood. 2003. Introduction to Fish Physiology. Narendra Publishing House,
Delhi
26. Srivastava, C.B.L. 2008. Fish Biology. Narendra Publ. Hse., India, 329
27. Subba Rao, N.V. 2003. Indian Seashells: Part-I: Polyplacophora and Gastropoda. Zoological
Survey of India, Kolkata.
28. Surendra Nath. 2002. Food, Feed29.abits and Alimentary canal of fishes. Vinod Publishers
and Distributors, India
29. Talwar, P.K. & V.G. Jhingran 1991. Inland Fishes of India and Adjacent Countries. Vol. 2.
Oxford & IBH Publ. Co., New Delhi.
30. Talwar, P.K. & R.K. Kacker 1984. Commercial Sea Fishes of India. Zoological Survey of
India, Kokata, 986 pp.
Web Resources:
https://www.fao.org/fishery/en
https://www.fishbase.se/
https://indiabiodiversity.org/
http://eprints.cmfri.org.in/
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
http://www.seafdec.org/#
105
e-Krishi Shiksha (iasri.res.in)
Sl. Contents
No
1 Identification of fishes (2) and prawns (2) using standard keys
2 Study of external morphology of fishes and prawns
3. Study of anatomical variations in digestive system of fish – herbivore, omnivore and
carnivore
4. Gut content analysis – Occurrence/ Numerical/ Gravimetric method (any one)
5. Estimation of Gastro somatic Index
6. Male and female reproductive system in teleost
7. Estimation of fecundity and gonadosomatic index in fish
8. Study of larval stages of shellfishes – nauplius, protozoea, mysis, zoea, megalopa,
phyllosoma, puerulus, trochophore, veliger (Any five-representing prawn, crab,
lobster, and bivalve)
9. Length weight relationship and condition factor of finfish
References:
1. Day, F. 1878. Fishes of India, Vols. 1 & 2. William Dawson & Sons Ltd., London.
2. Evans, D.H. 1998. The Physiology of Fishes. 2nd ed. CRC Press, NY
3. Jayaram, K.C. 2002. Fundamentals of Fish Taxonomy. Narendra Publ. Co., Delhi.
4. Khanna, S.S. & H.R. Singh 2006. A Textbook of Fish Biology and Fisheries. Narendra Publ. Hse.,
India
5. Kurian, C.V. & V.O. Sebastian 2002. Prawns and Prawn Fisheries of India. Revised and Edited Fifth
Edition by K. Gopakumar & V.N. Pillai. Hindustan, New Delhi.
6. Nelson, J.S. 2006. (4th Ed.). Fishes of the World. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New Jersey.
7. Jhingran, V.G ( 1997).Fish and Fisheries of India, Third Edition. Hindustan Publishing Corporation
India.
8. Winston, J.E. 1999. Describing species. Practical Taxonomic Procedure for Biologists. Columbia
University Press, New York
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be able to Cognitive PSO
addressed
Level
106
CO2 Understand the diversity of feeding and analyse food and feeding U, Ap, An, PSO-2, 3
habits using gut contents and indices Ev
CO3 Familiarise modes and strategies of reproduction and methods to U, Ap, An, PSO-1,3
assess reproductive parameters in fishes Ev
CO4 Understand the development and early life history of cultivable U, Ap, An PSO-4
important species
CO5 Evaluate growth patterns and determine age of cultivable species U, Ap, E PSO-1,3
Understand
concepts of
taxonomy,
1 conventional PO-1,2,5 R, U, Ap F,C L P
and modern
methods used PSO-1,7
for the
identification of
finfishes and
shellfishes
Understand the
diversity of
PO-
feeding and
1,3,4,5
2 analyse food U, Ap, An, F,P L P
and feeding PSO-2, 3 Ev
habits using gut
contents and
indices
Familiarise
modes and
PO-
strategies of
107
3 reproduction 1,2,4,5 U, Ap, An, P L P
and methods to Ev
PSO-1,3
assess
reproductive
parameters in
fishes
Understand the
development
PO-7,8 U, Ap, An F,P L P
and early life
4 history of PSO-4
cultivable
important
species
PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6
CO 1 - - - - -
1
CO 2 3 - - - -
2
CO - - 1 - - -
3
CO - - 2 3 - -
4
CO - 1 - - - -
5
108
CO - - - 3 - -
6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Field activities
109
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓ ✓
110
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSEZOO202
Course Title Entomology I- General Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester III
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Morphology of Insects 10
111
2.1 Head – Mouthparts in insects (Cockroach, Honey bee). Structure of 5
antenna, Compound eye and mosaic vision.
Insect behaviour 6
V 5.1 Social organisation with reference to Honey bee and Termite. 3
5.2 Communication in insects – Round dance and wagtail dance. Role of 3
pheromones, kairomones and allomones.
References
1. Mani M S (1982). A general textbook of Entomology. Oxford and IBM. New Delhi.
2. Chapman, R.F. The Insects- Structure and function, ELBS Arnold.
3. Modern Entomology, DB Tembhare.
4. Wigglesworth, VB. The principles of insect physiology &LBs, Methemen and Co.Ltd
5. General & Applied entomology, KK Nayar et al.
6.Ananthakrishnan TN (1998). Dimensions of insect plant interactions. Oxford and IBH
Pub.Co. Pvt.N.Delhi.
7. Pant, NC. And Ghai (Ed) 1981.Insect physiology and anatomy.Indian Council of
Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
8. Imms A D, Richard and Davies: A general textbook of Entomology. Chapman and Hall.
112
9. Snodgrass, R. E. Principles of insect morphology. Cornell Univ. Press, USA
10. Gullan, P. J. And Cranston, P. S. The insects, An outline of Entomology. Wiley
Blackwell, UK.
11. Nation, J. L. Insect Physiology and Biochemistry. CRC Press, USA
Web Resources
1. Indian Entomologist https://www.indianentomologist.org
2. Indian Journal of Entomology https://www.indianentomology.org
3. Entomological Society of India https:// entosocindia.org
4. ICAR-Indian agricultural research institute https://www.iari.res.in>introduction
5. https://guides.library.cornell.edu/entomology
6 https://guides.uflib.ufl.edu/entomology
7. https://feedly.com>top>entomology
8. https://science.feedspot.com>entomology
Practicum (30hrs)
Sl. Contents
No
1 Mounting and display of mouthparts – Cockroach/ Honey bee/ Butter fly/
Mosquito (any 2)
2 Mounting, Sketching and labelling of antenna in Cockroach/ Honey bee/
Butter fly/ Mosquito (any 2)
3 Dissection and display of alimentary canal and associated glands -
Cockroach/ Dysdercus (any 1)
4 Dissection and display of nervous system - Cockroach/ Dysdercus (any 1)
5. Dissection and display of female reproductive system in Cockroach.
6 Morphological study of various castes of Honey bee/ Termite.
7 Setting up of the Berlese funnel and description of its principle.
8. Field study on harmful insects and report submission on any 4 common
pests.
References
1. Mani M S(1982). A general textbook of Entomology. Oxford and IBM. New Delhi.
2. General & Applied entomology, KK Nayar et al.
3. Imms A D, Richard and Davies: A general textbook of Entomology. Chapman and
Hall.
Web Resources
1. https://guides.library.cornell.edu/entomology
113
2. https://guides.uflib.ufl.edu/entomology
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO3 Create an insight into the various organ systems in U, An PSO- 4,6
insects and basic physiological activities going on in
insects.
114
insect head, thorax and abdomen. PSO-
1,3,6
CO 1 - 2 - - - 1 2- - - - -
1
CO 1 - 2 - - 3 2 - -
2
CO - 1 - 2 1 - - 2
3
CO 1 2 - - 1 3
4
CO - 1 - 2 2 2 3
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
115
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
116
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester III
4 4 hours - - 4
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
117
II Environmental Issues Associated with Climate Change 15
118
IV Biodiversity Loss 10
5.1 Water Scarcity: Concept of water scarcity. Water stress, droughts, and 2
conflicts over water resources. Impact on agriculture, industry, and human
health. Economic impacts on society. Brief account on water conservation
strategies.
5.2 Desertification: Definition. Causes (Immediate causes, Influence of 3
human activities, Natural variations, Climate change). A brief account of
effects (Sand and dust storms, Food insecurity, Increasing poverty).
Mention major geographic areas affected by desertification (Sahel, Gobi
Desert and Mongolia, South America). Mention reversal of desertification
through improving soil quality, desert greening, better managed grazing
and planting trees. (PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group).
5.3 Eutrophication: Nitrogen pollution, Effect of eutrophication on aquatic 2
ecosystems. (Poster presentations by students can be adapted for the
learning experience, Group activity, Maximum of five students in a
group).
5.4 Ocean Acidification: Definition. Cause and effects. Impacts on oceanic 2
calcifying organisms, Harmful algal bloom, Impact on fish larvae. Impacts
on fishery and tourism industry. Mention the UN Ocean Decade program
Ocean Acidification Research for Sustainability and Global Ocean
Acidification Observing Network (GOA-ON). (PowerPoint presentations
by students can be adapted for the learning experience. Group activity,
Maximum of five students in a group).
5.5 Microplastic Pollution: Definition. Sources. Effects on marine life, Food 2
chain contamination, and risks to human health. (Awareness lecture and a
Quiz competition for students can be adapted, A Maximum of five
119
students in a Quiz Team).
5.6 Nuclear Accidents: Nuclear accidents and their environmental impact. 1
Brief account of the Three Mile Island Accident 1979, Chernobyl Disaster
1986 and Fukushima Accident 2011. (Poster presentation by students can
be adapted for the learning experience, Group activity, A Maximum of 5
students in a group).
5.7 Acid Rain: Natural and anthropogenic, Adverse effects on surface waters 2
and aquatic animals, Soil acidification, Forests and other vegetation.
Mention prevention methods.
5.8 Sharp Decrease of Forest Cover: Causes (Deforestation, Illegal logging, 2
Agricultural expansion, Urbanization, Infrastructure development, Forest
fires, and Climate change). Mention environmental consequences of forest
cover loss (Biodiversity loss, Habitat fragmentation, Soil erosion, Loss of
ecosystem services, Disruption of hydrological cycles, Increased
greenhouse gas emissions, and Climate change). Social and economic
implications on local communities, indigenous peoples, and forest-
dependent populations. (PowerPoint presentations by students can be
adapted for learning experience, Group activity, Maximum of 5 students
in a group).
References
Suggestive Readings:
1. Elizabeth Kolbert (2014). The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History. Henry Holt and
Co.
2. Naomi Klein (2014) This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. The Climate. Simon &
Schuster.
3. David Wallace-Wells (2019). The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming. Tim
Duggan Books.
4. Rachel Carson (1962). Silent Spring. Houghton Mifflin.
5. Jeff Goodell (2017). The Water Will Come: Rising Seas, Sinking Cities, and the
Remaking of the Civilized World. Little, Brown and Company.
6. Bill McKibben (1989). The End of Nature. Random House.
7. Elizabeth Kolbert (2014). The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History. Henry Holt and
Co.
8. Richard Leakey and Roger Lewin (1995). The Sixth Extinction: Patterns of Life and
the Future of Humankind. Anchor Books.
9. Bill McKibben (2010). Eaarth: Making a Life on a Tough New Planet. Henry Holt and
Co.
10. Bengt-Owe Jansson, C. S. Holling, Carl Folke, Charles Perrings, Karl-Goran Maler
(1997). Biodiversity Loss: Economic and Ecological Issues. Cambridge University
Press.
120
11. Bill Gates (2021). How to Avoid a Climate Disaster: The Solutions We Have and the
Breakthroughs We Need. Published by Knopf.
12. Tom Rivett-Carnac (2020). The Future We Choose: Surviving the Climate Crisis.
Published by Knopf.
Web resources:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jqxENMKaeCU
2. https://www.unep.org/news-and-stories/story/soil-pollution-risk-our-health-and-food-
security
3. https://www.fao.org/documents/card/en?details=cb4894en
4. United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP): https://www.unep.org
5. World Wildlife Fund (WWF): https://www.worldwildlife.org
6. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC): https://www.ipcc.ch
7. National Geographic Environment: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment
8. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): https://www.epa.gov
9. Global Environment Facility (GEF): https://www.thegef.org
10. Climate Action Tracker: https://climateactiontracker.org
11. Greenpeace: https://www.greenpeace.org
12. The Nature Conservancy: https://www.nature.org
13. Earthwatch Institute: https://earthwatch.org
14. Chernobyl Disaster 1986: https://www.britannica.com/video/180283/disaster-
Chernobyl-video-repercussions
15. https://www.britannica.com/event/Fukushima-accident
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
121
CO5 Equip with the knowledge and skills necessary to U, An, E 1, 2, 3, 7
analyse, address, and advocate for solutions to major
global environmental issues.
122
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 - - - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 1
1 - 1 - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 2
CO 2
1 1 2 - - - 2 1 2 - - - 2 - 2
CO 3
1 1 2 - - - 1 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 4
1 - 1 - - - 1 1 2 - - - 2 - 2
CO 5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly/Low
2 Moderate/Medium
3 Substantial/High
Assessment Rubrics:
Suggested Assignments (Any 2)
1. Conduct a comparative analysis of renewable energy policies and their effectiveness in
different countries.
2. Propose strategies for mitigating the impact of invasive species on native biodiversity.
3. Investigate the role of fossil fuels in contributing to climate change.
4. Assess the socio-economic impacts of water scarcity in developing countries.
5. Analyse the impact of urbanisation on air quality and public health.
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Tests
4. PowerPoint/Poster presentations
5. Quiz/Discussion/Debate
123
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ - - ✓
124
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3VACZOO201
Course Title Nutrition, Health and Wellness
Type of Course VAC
Semester III
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
125
Nutritional requirements 4
Nutritional requirements during pregnancy, lactation, infant growth,
II 2.1 3
childhood, adolescence and adulthood.
2.2 Balanced diet and its importance in health management. 1
Health and wellness 10
3.1 Concept of health and wellness, dimension and determinants. 2
3.2 Health benefits of regular physical activity. 2
III
3.3 Type of exercise – aerobic and anaerobic (Brief account). 2
Mind and body connection in health – concept and relation, Stress
3.4 management and relaxation techniques-deep breathing, Progressive 4
Muscle Relaxation (PMR), Yoga and meditation (Brief account only).
Healthy diet for Wellbeing 5
4.1 Food adulteration- Mention any two examples. 1
4.2 Common food preservatives – Mention any four examples. 1
IV
Diet to prevent obesity, hypertension, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes
4.3 2
and cancer.
Lifestyle diseases 3
V
5.1 Hypokinetic diseases (brief account only). 3
References
1. Ghosh S. (1981). The feeding care of infants and young children, UNICEF, New Delhi.
2. Gibney M.J (2013) Public Health Nutrition, Blackwell publishing, The Nutrition
Society Textbook Series.
3. Gopalan C. Ramasastri B.S. & Balasubramanian S. C. (1971) Nutritive value of Indian
foods. National Institute of Nutrition, Hyderabad.
4. Guyton,A.C and Hall,J.E.Text Book of Medical Physiology.
5. Manay, M.s. and Shadaksharaswamy, M. (1998). Food – Facts and Principles, New
age international (P) Ltd.
6. Mudambi, S. R (1995). Fundamentals of Food and Nutrition. New age international,
New Delhi.
7. Swaminathan,M. (1989). Hand book of food and nutrition. Bappco, Bangalore.
8. The complete manual of Fitness and Well-being (1988) The Reader’s digest
Association, Inc.Pleasatville, New York /Montreal.
9. Wong,K.V (2017) Nutrition, Health and Disease.
Web resources
1. https//www. frost-flow.org
2. https//www. wholisticmatters.com
126
3. https//www. nin.res.in
4. https//www.res.in.
5. https//www. nia.nih.gov
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. Contents
No
1 Measure the BMI of different categories
2 Analysis and interpretation of nutritional information on food labels
3 Methylene Blue Reductase (MBR) test for milk quality checking
4 Testing adulteration of common food items (Any five)
5 Identification and comment on any four nutritional disorders
6 Performing of Yoga and relaxation exercise and it’s recording
Course Outcomes
127
Name of the Course: Nutrition, Health and Wellness
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
Lecture
CO Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO PO/PSO (L)/Tuto
No. Level Category (P)
rial (T)
128
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
CO 1 - 2 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
1
CO 1 - 2 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
2
CO 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 - - - - -
3
CO 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 - - - - -
4
CO - 1 - - 1 2 3 - 1 - - - 2 - 3
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
129
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz
2. Assignment
3. Monitoring of yoga and exercise
4. Group discussion
5. Internal exam
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Practical examination
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
130
SEMESTER IV
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester IV
Course The course provides an in-depth exploration of reptiles, birds, mammals, and
Summary primates. It covers general characteristics, classification, and examples of
reptiles, as well as the phylogeny of Clade Sauropsida. Students learn about the
origin and evolutionary path of birds, including flightless and flying species. The
course also examines egg-laying, pouched, and placental mammals, along with a
dedicated section on primates and animals from extreme environments. Through
lectures, activities, and field visits, students gain a comprehensive understanding
of chordates diversity and adaptations, highlighting their significance in
ecosystems and human society.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
Hrs
I Reptiles 15
131
1.2 Turtles and Tortoises: General characters. A brief account of 2
evolutionary significance. Mention differences between turtles and
tortoises.
Scientific classification, IUCN status, distribution, salient features,
threats and conservation of Green sea turtle (Chelonia mydas) and
Indian star tortoise (Geochelone elegans).
1.3 Tuataras: General characters. A brief account of evolutionary
significance. 1
Scientific classification, IUCN status, distribution, salient features,
threats and conservation of Tuatara (Sphenodon punctatus).
1.4 Lizards and Snakes: General characters. A brief account of 7
evolutionary significance.
Lizards: Scientific classification, IUCN status, ecology, and salient
features of Dussumier's forest skink (Sphenomorphus dussumieri)
and Oriental garden lizard (Calotes versicolor).
Snakes:
Venomous Snakes: Scientific classification, IUCN status,
distribution, salient features, threats, conservation and nature of
venom of Indian cobra (Naja Naja), Banded krait (Bungarus
fasciatus), and Malabar pit viper (Craspedocephalus malabaricus).
Nonvenomous Snakes: Scientific classification, IUCN status,
distribution, salient features, threats, and conservation of Keeled rat
snake (Ptyas carinata), the Indian python (Python molurus), and the
Wolf snake (Lycodon aulicus).
1.5 Crocodiles and Alligators: General characters. A brief account of 2
evolutionary significance.
Scientific classification, IUCN status, distribution, salient features,
threats and conservation of Fish-eating crocodile (Gavialis
gangeticus) and American alligator (Alligator mississippiensis).
II Birds 10
132
predators, Common kiwi (Apteryx australis) and King penguin
(Aptenodytes patagonicus).
2.3 Flying birds: General characters., Scientific classification, IUCN 4
status, distribution, salient features, threats, and conservation of
Rock pigeon (Columba livia), Indian Cuckoo (Cuculus micropterus)
- Mention brood parasite behaviour, Great Pied Hornbill (Buceros
bicornis), Little cormorant (Microcarbo niger), Common
Kingfisher (Alcedo atthis) and Barn Owl (Tyto alba).
III Mammals 10
133
(Humans and their direct ancestors): General features. Brief account
of Humans (Homo sapiens).
134
Practicum (30 hours)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
(All items to be done from Sl.No.1 to Sl.No.9 and any 4 items to be done from Sl. No.10
to Sl.No.18)
1 Turtles & Tortoises - Olive ridley sea turtle (Lepidochelys olivacea), Indian
flapshell turtle (Lissemys punctata) and Travancore tortoise (Indotestudo
travancorica): Spotter, Salient features (Use photos/drawings).
6 Flying Birds - Common swift (Apus apus), Eurasian teal (Anas crecca), Common
tea peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus) and Bar-headed goose (Anser indicus):
Spotters, Salient features (Use photos/drawings).
135
10 Construct a flowchart on the relationship of the tuatara to other living reptiles and
birds (Group activity).
11 Make a poster on major reptilian orders, including typical examples and key
characteristics (Group activity).
12 Make a poster on any five turtles and tortoises in India (Group activity).
13 Make a PowerPoint presentation of any two dinosaurs of your choice and include
details on their habitat, distribution, salient features, adaptations, and causes of
extinction (Group activity, Maximum time - 10 Minutes).
15 Visit the nearest Zoo and prepare an annotated list of 5 reptiles, 5 birds and 5
mammals/Visit a Biodiversity Museum and prepare a report on reptilian, bird and
mammalian diversity.
16 Identify any five birds from your college campus and make a report (Individual
reports).
18 Talk on the topic ‘Common Snakes of your Locality’ by experts from the Department
of Forest Govt of Kerala or other competent experts in the field.
References:
Recommended Reading
1. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Kenneth A. Mason, Jonathan Losos, and Susan
Singer, Carleton College (2017). Biology, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education.
2. Young, J.Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
3. Lal S.S. (2018). Practical Zoology. Rastogi Publications.
Suggested Reading
1. Harvey Pough F. and Christine M. Janis (2019). Vertebrate Life, 10th Edition, Oxford
University Press.
136
2. Kailash Chandra Amitava Majumder, Gopinathan Maheswaran, and Imran Alam
(2022). Birds of India. Zoological Survey of India.
3. Dileepkumar R. (2016). A Handbook on Snakes of Kerala, Kerala Bhasha Institute.
Web Resources:
1. https://www.britannica.com
2. https://animaldiversity.org
3. https://cmfri.com/library-museum.html
4. https://www.museumsofindia.org/museum/12251/kerala-biodiversity-museum
5. https://tnhm.in
6. https://naturalhistory.si.edu
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be able to Cognit PSO
ive addressed
Level
137
Name of the Course: Chordate Diversity-Part II
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
138
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
1 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
2 1 2 2 3 - - - 1 2 1 - - - - -
3 1 3 - 2 - - - 1 1 - - 1 - - -
4 2 3 3 2 - - 1 2 1 2 - 1 - - -
5 1 1 3 - - - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 - -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly/Low
2 Moderate/Medium
3 Substantial/High
Assessment Rubrics:
139
End Semester Evaluation
CO-1 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO-2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO- 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO- 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO- 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓
140
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4DSCZOO202
Course Title Evolution and Zoogeography
Type of Course DSC
Semester IV
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass of Class XII
Course This course provides a comprehensive understanding of evolutionary
Summary biology, including classical and modern concepts, human evolution, and
zoogeography, enabling students to grasp the complex mechanisms and
patterns of life's diversity on Earth. Overall, students will gain a deep
understanding of evolutionary processes, and the distribution of life forms
on Earth, preparing them for advanced studies and careers in evolutionary
biology, ecology, and related fields.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Evolution
I Introduction to Evolution 5
1.1 Theories of organic evolution: Lamarck’s theory; Weisman’s germplasm 2
theory; Darwin’s theory of natural selection and the contributions of
Wallace. Evolution- types- Micro, Macro, Mega and Co-evolution.
1.2 Natural selection- Variability, Fitness and different environmental 1
conditions. Types of selection (brief account of the observation in Biston
betularia).
1.3 Speciation- Types; Isolation and isolating mechanisms. 1
141
1.4 Hybridization- adaptive radiation with special reference to Darwin’s
finches.
1
II Modern Concepts of Evolution 8
2.1 Geological Time scale -Brief description on Paleontological evidences and 2
Fossil dating.
2.2 Modern concept of organic evolution: (Neo Darwinism), Sources of 2
Variation: mutation, role of mutation in evolution, neutral mutation
(Kimura).
2.3 Genetic basis of evolution- gene pool, gene frequency, genetic drift, 4
genetic equilibrium; factors affecting genetic equilibrium and Hardy –
Weinberg law.
III Human Evolution 17
3.1 Evolution of Man- Brief account – Hominid fossils. 3
3.2 Molecular Basis of Evolution; Contributions of Svante Paabo 3
(Paleogenomics, Paleoanthropology).
3.3 Phylogenetic Tree -Distance and Parsimony methods. 2
3.4 Evolution of Gene families- Molecular Drive. 2
3.5 Origin of new genes and proteins, Migration and Random Genetic Drift, 4
Convergent Evolution-Sexual selection and gene pool mixing.
3.6 Extinction - Background and mass Extinctions (causes and effects) and K- 3
T Extinction.
Zoogeography 15
IV Introduction to Zoogeography 5
4.1 Branches of Zoogeography- Applied, Casual and descriptive. 1
4.2 Patterns of animal distribution- cosmopolitan, dis-continuous, bipolar and 2
isolated distribution, factors affecting animal distribution.
4.3 Barriers and means of dispersal (Land and Aquatic ecosystems). 2
V Zoogeographical realms 10
5.1 Brief account of each realm, mention the areas, physical features and 4
peculiarities of fauna. Palaearctic realm, Australian realm, Ethiopian
realm, Nearctic realm, Oriental realm and Neotropical realm.
5.2 Bio-geographical classification of India- Biodiversity hotspots in India - 4
Western Ghats, Eastern Ghats and Himalayas. Insular Fauna: Brief
142
account of oceanic islands (Galapagos) and continental islands (British
Isles).
5.3 Plate tectonics and Continental Drift theory (Brief account). 2
References
Sl. Contents
No
143
2 Photo of Darwin, Lamark, Wallace and Svante Paabo - Identify the scientist and mention the
contribution.
6 Field visit to any important hotspot area (any regions in Western Ghats).
OR
Visit to Natural History Museum/Biodiversity Museum
Submit a report
7 Phylogenetic tree preparation using suitable software’s (Demonstration only) Eg: MEGA
OR
Demonstration of OMIM public database using LMS
References
1. Patole S S, Hasim M S and Yuvraj M B (2019) Evolutionary biology: Theory and
Practicals, Academic Book publications. Jalgaon.
2. Sai Jyoti U (2022) Ecology, Zoogeography and Evolution-Lab Practical with solutions,
SIA Publishers & Distributors Pvt Ltd.
3. Tripurari M (2023) Evolutionary biology with practical, Mahaveer Publications.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO3 Create an insight into the basic knowledge of the origin An PSO-1,2
of life and molecular concepts of evolution
144
land and aquatic ecosystems.
2. Remember the PO 1/ U, R P L P
Zoogeography and its PSO-
applications for 1,2
conservations of
Biodiversity.
PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6
CO 1 2 - - - - 2 2 - - - -
1
145
CO 2 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -
2
CO 1 2 - - - - - - 2 - - -
3
CO 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
4
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
147
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4DSCZOO203
Course Title Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates
Type of Course DSC
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course explores the Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates, focusing
Summary on the study of anatomical structures across vertebrate species to
understand evolutionary relationships and functional diversity. Beginning
with the significance of Comparative Anatomy in biological sciences, it
delves into basic principles of vertebrate morphology and its relevance to
evolutionary and phylogenetic studies. The course covers the evolution,
diversity and comparative anatomy of the skeletal, circulatory,
respiratory, digestive and nervous systems across vertebrates. Overall, this
course offers a comprehensive understanding of vertebrate anatomy,
integrating evolutionary perspectives with functional morphology to
explore the unity, diversity, and adaptability of vertebrate life forms.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
148
1.3 Evolutionary Perspective in Comparative Anatomy [Brief note] 2
Skeletal System 13
Related activities:
Muscular System 14
Related activities:
1. Group discussion on topic – Why are there no Flying Elephants?
2. Debate on topic – Humans with tail! Good or Bad?
Circulatory and Respiratory Systems 13
149
4.5 Comparative Anatomy of Lungs, Gills, and Skin Respiration 4
Related activities:
1. Quiz on Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrate Circulatory and
Respiratory Systems
2. Group Discussion – Crocodile with four chambered heart – Can
this be considered as evolutionary transition between Reptiles and
Birds?
3. Debate – Archaeopteryx – A myth or fact?
V Digestive and Nervous Systems 12
References
1. Kardong, K.V. (2019). Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution (8th
Ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Romer, A.S., and T.S. Parsons. (1985). The Vertebrate Body. Saunders College
Publishing.
3. Pough, F. H., Bemis, W., McGuire, B. and Janis, C. (2022). Vertebrate Life (11th Ed.).
Oxford University Press. DOI: 10.1093/hesc/9780197558621.001.0001
4. Karel, F. Liem and Warren, F. Walker (2001). Functional Anatomy of the Vertebrates:
An Evolutionary Perspective. Harcourt College Publishers, Fort Worth.
https://archive.org/details/functionalanatom0000unse_j8q8
5. George C. Kent and Robert Carr (2001) Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates (9th Ed.).
McGraw Hill Publications, New York.
6. Brian K. Hall (2015). Bones and Cartilage: Developmental and Evolutionary Skeletal
Biology (2nd Ed.). Elsevier Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/C2013-0-00143-0
7. Saxena, R.K. and Sumitra Saxena (2015). Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates.
MV Learning.
8. Kardong, K.V. and Edward Zalisko (2011). Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A
Laboratory Dissection Guide. McGraw-Hill Education.
Online Resources
1. The Science Bank – Online Dissection Resources
150
https://thesciencebank.org/pages/online-dissection-resources
2. Human Anatomy in Detail - https://www.innerbody.com/htm/body.html
3. Learn human anatomy in 3D - https://anatomy3datlas.com/
4. Virtual frog dissection tool - https://norecopa.no/norina/virtual-frog-v-frog-20/
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be able Cognitive PSO
to addressed
Level
151
2. Identify the PO1,PO3, R, U F, C, P L -
evolutionary PO4,PO6,
perspectives and PO7,PO8/
phylogenetic PSO-3
relationships in
comparative
anatomy. Explain
the evolution and
diversity of
vertebrate skeletal,
muscular,
circulatory,
respiratory,
digestive, and
nervous systems.
152
biomechanics
involved in
vertebrate
locomotion.
PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
1 2 3 O5 6 7
CO 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1
CO - - 3 - - - - 3 - 1 1 - 2 1 2
2
CO 3 - 1 - - - - 2 - 3 2 - 1 1 1
3
CO - - 2 3 - - - 1 - 2 2 - 3 2 1
4
CO - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 1
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
153
6. Nervous System Complexity Across Vertebrate Groups.
7. Adaptations in Vertebrate Locomotion.
8. Comparative Anatomy of Sensory Systems.
9. Reproductive Strategies in Vertebrates: Oviparity, Viviparity, and Ovoviviparity.
10. Endocrine System Evolution and Hormonal Regulation.
11. Integumentary System: Skin, Scales, and Feathers.
12. Ecological Significance of Vertebrate Anatomy.
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Collection/ Identification of major Vertebrate bones explained in theory class
4. Working with online virtual dissection tools
5. Group discussion on topic – Why there are no Flying Elephants?
6. Debate on topic – Humans with tail! Good or Bad?
7. Test
8. Quiz
CO 1 - ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
154
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course UK4DSEZOO201
Code
Type of DSE
Course
Semester IV
4 4 hours - - 4
Course This course will provide the basics of aquaculture to the students. A wide
Summary range of aspects of aquaculture like aquaculture practices, design and
construction of farms and hatcheries, pond management, selection of
candidate species for aquaculture, study of monoculture, polyculture and
integrated culture systems etc. are dealt in this course.
Detailed Syllabus
hrs
Introduction to Aquaculture 10
1.1 Present status and Scope of aquaculture in India and Kerala, Consumption 3
I scenario and Emerging trend in Aquaculture.
1.2 Criteria for the selection of sites ( nutrient and soil quality, water supply and
water circulation, water quality, Environmental Impact Assessment )
3
155
for various aquaculture practices, (Freshwater, Brackish water and Marine
Water)
1.3 Criteria for selection of species for culture – biological, economic and 1
market considerations.
1.4 Commercially important common cultivable species and Introduction of 3
exotic species (Brief account only)
Systems of aquaculture 8
2.1 Type of farming Methods: - pond culture, tanks, raceways, pen culture, 3
cage culture and zero water exchange system.
3.1 Size, shape, lay out of pond farms, dike design and construction, water 3
supply and drainage system.
III 3.2 Pond productivity, estimation, physical, chemical and biological factors 2
affecting productivity of ponds
3.3 Types, design and construction of hatcheries 3
Pond Preparation and Stocking 10
4.1 Pre-stocking Pond management – sun drying, repairing, desiltation,
IV ploughing, liming, eradication of predators and weeds, water filling,
4
fertilization. Importance of bloom
4.2 Seed resources – wild collection, induced breeding of fishes, shrimps and 4
bivalves in hatcheries
4.3 Transportation, acclimatisation of seeds and release, species combinations, 2
stocking density
Related activity: Calculate stocking density of shrimp pond based on type
of culture.
156
V 5.2 Monitoring physical and chemical parameters of water, Rate and time of 2
water exchange.
5.3 Monitoring Health of stock, Regular sampling and disease Management. 2
Related activity: Assessment of stock and feeding regime in a shrimp
pond based on sampling
5.4 Harvesting of drainable and undrainable ponds, cages, molluscan farms. 2
Handling and preservation.
References
1. Ahilan, B., Ravaneshwaran, K., Kumaravel, P., 2011. Integrated Aquaculture. Daya
Publishing House
2. Allan, G. and Burnell, G. 2013. Advances in Aquaculture Hatchery Technology. Woodhead
Publishing Limited.
3. Bardach JE. 1997. Sustainable Aquaculture. John Willey and Sons.
4. Bardach JE, Rhyther JH and Mc. Larney WO. 1972. Aquaculture Farming and Husbandry
of Freshwater and Marine Organisms. John Wiley and Sons.
5. Beets WC. 1990. Raising and Sustaining Productivity of Small- Holder Farming Systems in
the Tropics. Agbe Publ.
6. Bose AN. 1991. Coastal Aquaculture Engineering. Oxford and IBH Publ.
7. Bregnballe J. 2015. A Guide to Recirculation Aquaculture. FAO Publ.
8. Burnell G, Allan G. 2009. New Technologies in Aquaculture. 1st Edition. Woodhead
Publishing House.
9.Boyd, C. E. and Tucker, C. S. 1992. Water Quality and Pond Soil Analyses for Aquaculture,
Alabama Agricultural Experimental Station, Auburn University
10. Creed R. 2017. Aquaculture and Fish Farming. Syrawood Publ
11. Davion A. 2018. Recirculating Aquaculture Systems: a Guide to Farm Design and
Operations.
12.Edwards P, Little DC and Demaine H. (Eds.). 2002. Rural Aquaculture. CABI.
13. FAO 2001. Planning and Management for Sustainable Coastal Aquaculture Development.
FAO.
14. ICAR. 2006. Handbook of Fisheries and Aquaculture. ICAR
15.Imai T. 1978. Aquaculture in Shallow Seas. Progress in ShallowSea Culture. Amerind Publ.
16.Ivar LO. 2007. Aquaculture Engineering. Daya Publ. House.
17. James PM. 1983. Handbook of Mariculture. Vol. I. Crustacean Aquaculture. CRC Press.
18. Jhingran VG and Pullin RSV. 1985. Hatchery Manual for the Common, Chinese and Indian
Major Carps. ICLARM, Philippines.
19. John. S. Lucas and Paul. C. Southgate (Eds.) 2012. Aquaculture – Farming Aquatic
Animals and Plants. Blackwell Publishing.
20. Lekang O, I. 2013. Aquaculture Engineering. Wiley-Blackwell Publ.
21. Leung P, Lee CS and O’Bryen JP. (Eds.). 2007. Species and System Selection for
Sustainable Aquaculture. Blackwell Publ.
22. Midlen and Redding TA. 1998. Environmental Management for Aquaculture. Chapman
and Hall.
23. Muthu MS. 1983. Culture of Live Feed Organisms. Tech. Paper 14. Summer Institute in
Hatchery Production of Prawns Seeds. CMFRI, Cochin.
24. Pillay TVR and Kutty MN. 2005. Aquaculture- Principles and Practices. Blackwell.
25. Sharma LL, Sharma SK, Saini VP and Sharma BK. (Eds.). 2008. Management of
Freshwater Ecosystems. Agrotech Publ. Academy.
157
26. Selvamani BR and Mahadevan RK. 2008. Aquaculture, Trends and Issues. Campus Books
International. FAO, 2011. Code of conduct for responsible fisheries. FAO special edition
27.Thomas L. 1995. Fundamentals of Aquacultural Engineering. Chapman and Hall
28.Tidwell JH. (Ed.). 2012. Aquaculture Production Systems. Wiley-Blackwell.
29.Timmons MB, Guerdat, T, Vinci, BJ. 2019. Recirculating Aquaculture. Ithaca Publishing
Comp.
30.Yoram, A., 2015. Biofloc Technology: a Practical Guidebook. WAS Publishing
Online resources
• https://www.fao.org/fishery-divisional-structure/en
• https://worldfishcenter.org/publications
• https://mpeda.gov.in/
• https://www.cmfri.org.in/about-library
• https://ciba.icar.gov.in/?page_id=11147
• e-Krishi Shiksha (iasri.res.in)
• https://www.cseindia.org/understanding-eia-383
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO-4 To get familiarised with pre-stocking pond management, AP, An, E 4,5
seed available and seed stocking.
158
Name of the Course: Fisheries Science II - Principles of Aquaculture
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
159
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
1
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
2
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
3
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
4
CO - - - 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment / Seminar topics
1. Aquaculture vs Agriculture
2. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
3. Water quality management
4. Multiple uses of water in aquaculture
5. Use of agro-industrial waste and biofertilizer in aquaculture
Continuous comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignment/ Quiz/ Discussion / Seminar
2. Submission of specimen collection report
3. Submission of Field report
160
End semester Evaluation
1. Very short answer questions
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay type questions
4. Practical examinations
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
161
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4DSEZOO202
Course Title Entomology II-Industrial Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester IV
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course After completion of the course the students will be acquainted with
Summary apiculture, sericulture and lac culture. This course also provides the
students with entrepreneurial opportunities in entomology and provides
information on productive insects and their products. Apart from these the
students will learn about the methods of pest management in residential
places and public buildings and insect pests of public health and their
management.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Apiculture 15
1.1 Introduction to apiculture and Bee biology, Honey bee species occurring 8
in India, Morphological features for identification of different bee
species(Related activity- Poster presentation depicting different bee
species of India)
1.2 Bee keeping - General colony management during different seasons, 4
Managing colonies for honey production and pollination.
1.3 Bee keeping equipment, honey extraction and bee products. Diseases of 3
bee colonies– preventive and curative measures(Related Activity- Visit to a
162
bee keeping facility and submission of report on honey extraction process and
bee products).
II Sericulture 14
2.1 History, development and organization of silk industry, Study of different 5
species of silkworms - (1) Mulberry silk worm- Bombyx mori and Bombyx
mandarina. (2) Tasar silk worm - Antheraea paphia and Antheraea
pernyi (3) Muga Silkworm- Antheraea assama (4) Eri silk worm-
Philosamia ricini (Brief description)
2.2 Moriculture (Brief description) Silk and its uses, Rearing of mulberry 4
silkworm (Brief description).
2.3 Pests and diseases of silkworms and management of silkworms( Related 5
Activity- Quiz).
References
163
Web resources
1. https://indiaagronet.com › Moriculture
2. https://www.niti.gov.in/honeyed
3. https://www.embibe.com/
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
164
rearing, lac culture, lac
products and their uses.
PS PS PS PSO PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 4 O O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5
CO 1 2 - - - - - 2 2 - - - - - -
1
CO 2 3 - - - - - 3 1 - - - - - -
2
CO 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - - -
3
CO 2 1 - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
4
CO - 2 - - 3 - - 1 3 - - - 2 - -
5
165
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
166
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester IV
Course Summary This course covers the comprehensive study of air, water, soil, noise, and light
pollution, including their sources, impacts, and mitigation strategies. Students
will explore the concepts, standards, and pollutants associated with each type of
pollution, along with their effects on human health, wildlife, and ecosystems.
Through case studies, students will analyse real-world scenarios, identifying
successful management approaches and ongoing challenges. By examining the
pathways of contamination and ecological consequences, students will gain
insights into the long-term impacts of pollution on both natural and human
environments. Additionally, the course highlights the importance of regulatory
frameworks and guidelines in addressing pollution issues and promoting
sustainable practices for environmental protection.
Detailed Syllabus
167
1.4 Pollution-related phenomena and their consequences: the greenhouse 3
effect, global warming, temperature inversion, CFCs and ozone depletion,
and photochemical smog.
Related activity: A quiz can be administered utilising the Mentimeter App
for the learning experience.
1.5 Case studies on air pollution, threats and challenges. Examples: The 2
Beijing Smog Crisis (2013) and The Delhi Air Pollution Crisis (ongoing).
Related activity: Poster presentation can be adapted for learning. Group
activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
II Water Pollution: Causes and Impacts 12
2.1 Characteristics of natural water and aquatic environment. Sources of 3
potable water. Water quality standards- WHO, EPA and BIS. Industrial
water quality standards.
2.2 Types of water pollution: Physical, chemical, biological, and 2
physiological. Sources of water pollution, such as domestic and industrial
wastewater, their compositions, discharge standards, and effects on
receiving bodies.
2.3 The fate of pollutants in water: Metals, heavy metals, non-metals, and their 2
specifications. Pesticides, oils, greases, organic matter, biodegradation,
and bioaccumulation and their effects on water bodies.
2.4 Marine, thermal, and radioactive pollution in water and their 3
consequences; transport of pollutants; pollutant cycle in the environment
(land, air, and water). Bioaccumulation and Biomagnification.
Related activity: Quiz competition can be adapted for mode of learning,
Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a quiz team.
2.5 Case studies on water pollution, threats and challenges. Examples: The 2
Cuyahoga River Fire (1969), The Love Canal Disaster (1978) and The Flint
Water Crisis (2014-2019).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
III Soil Pollution: Causes and Impacts 12
3.1 Definition and types of soil pollution: chemical, biological, and physical 2
contaminants. Sources of soil pollution: industrial activities, agricultural
practices, mining operations, and urbanisation.
3.2 Pathways of soil contamination: direct release, atmospheric deposition, 3
leaching, and runoff. Introduction to soil quality indicators and standards
for assessing contamination levels.
168
3.3 Overview of key pollutants: heavy metals, pesticides, petroleum 2
hydrocarbons, and persistent organic pollutants (POPs).
3.4 Ecological consequences of soil pollution: disruption of soil microbial 2
communities, loss of biodiversity, and habitat degradation.
3.5 Health risks associated with exposure to contaminated soils: Toxicological 2
effects, food chain contamination, and respiratory diseases. Effects of soil
contamination on ecosystem services.
3.6 Case studies on long-term impacts of soil pollution on ecosystems and 1
human populations. Example: Aral Sea Ecological Disaster, Agricultural
Pesticide Pollution in Punjab, India and Mining Pollution in the Niger
Delta, Nigeria.
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
IV Noise Pollution: Causes and Impacts 12
4.1 The definition and types of noise pollution are environmental, 3
occupational, and transportation noise. Sources of noise pollution are
industrial activities, transportation systems, construction sites, and
recreational activities.
4.2 Measure and assess noise levels: Decibel scale, sound monitoring 2
equipment, and noise mapping techniques. Noise Pollution Standards and
Legal Framework.
4.3 The effects of noise pollution on human health include hearing loss, sleep 2
disturbances, stress-related disorders, and cardiovascular diseases.
(Discussion mode of learning can be adapted).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
4.4 The impact of noise pollution on wildlife behaviour, communication, and 3
habitat disruption. Introduction to noise exposure limits and guidelines for
protecting human health and wildlife.
4.5 Case studies illustrating noise pollution's health and ecological 2
consequences in different contexts. Examples: The Effects of Aircraft
Noise on Heathrow Residents (London, UK) The Impact of Shipping Noise
on Marine Life (Global Context) Urban Noise Pollution and its Effects on
Songbirds (Urban Areas, Global Context).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
V Light Pollution: Causes, Ecological and Health Impacts 12
169
5.1 Definition and types of light pollution: skyglow, glare, light trespass, and 3
clutter. Introduction to the concept of dark-sky preservation and its
importance for ecosystems and human health.
5.2 Sources of light pollution and measurement: outdoor lighting fixtures, 2
streetlights, advertising signage, and industrial facilities, as well as
methods for quantifying its extent and intensity.
5.3 Artificial light at night (ALAN) affects wildlife behaviour, migration 2
patterns, and ecosystems.
5.4 The impact of light pollution on nocturnal species is disruption of circadian 1
rhythms, predation risk, and habitat fragmentation.
5.5 The health effects of light pollution on humans include sleep disturbances, 2
hormonal imbalances, and an increased risk of chronic diseases.
5.6 Case studies illustrate light pollution's ecological and health consequences
in different ecosystems and urban areas. The Impact of Artificial Light on
Sea Turtle Hatchlings (Coastal Areas, Global Context), The Effects of
Urban Light Pollution on Nocturnal Insects (Urban Areas, Global
Context),The Health Effects of Blue Light Exposure from LED Streetlights
(Urban Areas, Global Context).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
References:
1. Boubel R.W., D.L. Fox, and A.C. Stern 1994. Fundamentals of Air pollution. Academic
Press, NY,. Company Ltd.
3. Cunniff P.E., 1987. Environmental Noise Pollution. McGraw Hill, New York,.
4. De Nevers N 2000. Air Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd Edition. McGraw Hill,
Singapore.
5. Dhaji 1996. The Text Book of Soil Science. Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt.
Limited.
6. Harry O. 1922. Buckman The Nature and properties of soil. Macmillan,
7. Helmut Kohuke 1968. Soil physics. McGraw-Hill.
8. Krishnan Khannan, S. 1994. Fundamentals of Environmental Pollution, Chand
Publication.
9. Kudesia, V.P and Ritu Kudesia (1992). Water Pollution, Pragati Prakashan Publication,
Meerut.
10. Kumarasawmy, K., A. Alagappa Moses and M. Vasanthy (2004). Environmental
Studies. Bharathidasan University Publications.
11. Malcom Cresser 1993. Soil Chemistry and its Application. Cambridge University Press.
12. Masters G.M. 2003. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, ,
Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.
13. Mishra P.C. Soil Pollution and soil organisms, APH Publishing Corporation.
14. Nathensan, John 1986. Basic Environmental Technology - Wiley.
15. Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. & Brusseau, M.L. 2011. Environmental and Pollution
Science. Academic Press.
170
16. Rao C.S.1993. Environmental Pollution Control, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
17. Rao, M.N and H.V.N. Rao (1993). Air Pollution. Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing
Company Limited. New Delhi.
18. Sawyer, C.N., P.L McCarty and G.F. Perkin (1994). Chemistry for Environmental
Engineers, II Edition. McGraw-Hill.
19. Sharma, B.K and H. Kaur (1994). Soil and Noise Pollution. Goel Publishing House,
Meerut.
20. Stanly Manahan 2011. Environmental Chemistry. CRC Press.
22. Tiwary A, Williams I, Colls J. (2019). Air Pollution: Measurement, Modelling and
Mitigation. Fourth Edition.
23. Trivedi P.R. 1992. Environmental Agricultural pollution. Akashdeep Publishing House.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO-3 Grasp in soil pollution, covering its causes, impacts, and key U, AP, An PSO-1, 2, 3,
pollutants. This will enable them to proficiently identify 7
pollution sources, contamination pathways, ecological and
health risks, and analyse long-term implications through
case studies to support informed decision-making in soil
management and remediation efforts.
171
to advocate for dark-sky preservation and sustainable
lighting practices using case studies.
172
4 Gain a thorough understanding of PO1, 6, U, Ap, An F, C L -
noise pollution, encompassing its 8/ PSO-
causes, effects, and measurement 1, 2, 3, 7
techniques. This will allow them to
evaluate its impact on human
health and wildlife behaviour and
critically assess noise pollution
standards and legal frameworks.
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 3 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 1
1 3 1 - - - 2 2 - - - - 1 - 3
CO 2
1 2 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 3
1 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 4
1 3 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly/Low
173
2 Moderate/Medium
3 Substantial/High
Assessment Rubrics:
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ - -
174
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4VACZOO201
Course Title Communication and Popularisation of Life Sciences
Type of Course VAC
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course equips the students with essential knowledge and skills for
Summary effectively communicating life sciences topics to diverse audiences.
Through exploration of various scientific information sources and
communication platforms, participants learn to utilize written, oral, visual,
and digital modes for public engagement and outreach. Emphasis is placed
on structured scientific writing, hypothesis preparation, and presentation
strategies to ensure effective communication to both expert and non-
expert audiences, with practical skills honed through workshops and
practice sessions.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 30
hrs
Introduction to Life Sciences 5
1.1 Definition, Branches, Scope and Significance of Life Sciences 2
I 1.2 Organizations promoting Life Science - Employment opportunities – 3
CSIR, ICAR, ICMR, DST, DBT, MoES, MoEF, IISER, ISRO (Brief
Description)
175
Sources of Scientific (Life Sciences) Information 5
2.1 Offline platforms– Peer reviewed Journal articles (Mention Predatory 3
Journals), reviews, conference proceedings, edited books, Policy
II
documents, official reports (official govt. or public agency and NGO
sources), Recorded speeches (TED Talks), Encyclopaedia, Magazines,
Press releases and Seminars.
2.2 Online Platforms- Google Scholar, Research gate, Pubmed and Scopus. 2
Tools and techniques of Life Science Communication & Public Sensitisation 12
3.1 Different modes of life science communication: written, oral, visual, 3
and digital.
3.2 Science outreach for biodiversity conservation: Flash mobs, dramas, 3
street play, documentaries, public awareness talks, exhibitions, science
III journalism and advertisements.
3.3 Online Science Communication- social media, websites, blogs, podcasts 3
and You tube.
3.4 Science Communication during disasters: Public engagement with 3
science and technologies-Weather alert- INCOIS, NDMA, Kerala State
Disaster Management Authority and GDACS (Brief explanation).
Writing for Life Sciences 4
4.1 Structure and components of scientific papers: introduction, materials 1
and methods, results, discussion, conclusion and Reference; Hypothesis
- preparation for a research problem.
IV
4.2 Writing clear and concise scientific prose 1
176
References:
1. https://www.aaas.org/programs/public-engagement/communicating-science-online
2. https://www.scidev.net/global/communication/
3. https://www.science.org/
4. https://www.ted.com/topics/science+communication
5. https://theconversation.com/us/science
Practicum (30 hrs)
177
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO6 Write scientific papers, reports, and proposals suitable Ap, C PSO2
for both scientific and lay audiences.
178
life science research and
development.
179
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO
1 2 3 5 6 7 2 8
CO 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1
CO - 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
2
CO - 2 - - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
3
CO - - - - - - 2 1 2 - - - - - -
4
CO - - - - - - 1 - - - - - 2 3 -
5
CO - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - -
6
CO - - 3 - - - - - - - 3 2 - - -
7
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓
CO7 ✓ ✓
181
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4VACZOO202
Course Title Bioeconomics and Ecotourism
Type of Course VAC
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
3 3 hours - 0 3
Pre-requisites Pass of Class XII
Course The course provides an interdisciplinary exploration of the intersections
Summary between biology, economics, and tourism and understanding their
significance in promoting sustainable use of natural resources and
conservation of biodiversity. Students learn about the economic principles
underlying the management of biological resources, including concepts
such as supply and demand, externalities, market failures, and resource
allocation. Students explore the practices of ecotourism as a conservation
tool, and analyze case studies and examples from the Indian and Kerala
context. Course discusses the current challenges and issues in
bioeconomics and ecotourism, such as climate change, invasive species,
over tourism, and socio-economic inequalities, and explores potential
solutions and future directions for research and practice.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Basics of Bioeconomics 10
182
ecosystem services, Sustainable forestry practices and certification- Brief
description.
1.3 Ecosystem Services- Provisioning Services (Food, water, fuel and wood), 3
Supporting services (Nutrient cycling, Soil formation, Primary production
and habitat provision), Regulating Services (Climate regulation, Flood
regulation and disease) and Cultural services (Aesthetic, recreational and
recreational values).
1.4 Externalities-Types (Positive, negative, Environment and Technological) 2
and Implications (Market failure, Efficiency loss and Regulatory
Interventions).
II Trends in Bioeconomics and Policies 8
2.2 Methods for assessing the economic value of biodiversity and ecosystem 2
services- Standard market prizes, Benefit cost ratio, Net present value,
Present value ratio.
183
5.1 National and international policies and regulations governing ecotourism. 2
References:
1. Ghate, R., and Ghate, P. (Eds.). (2017) Ecotourism in India: Experiences, Approaches,
and Challenges. Springer.
2. John M Gowdy and Sabine O’Haro (1999) The Science of Managing Resources.
3. Karanth, K. K., and Madhusudan, M. D. (Eds.). (2002) Living with Wildlife: Wildlife
Resource and Livelihoods in South Asia. Permanent Black.
4. Lars Ravensbeck, Niels Vestergaard and Jens Wustemann (2019) “Bioeconomic
modelling and Valuation of Exploited Marine Ecosystem”.
5. Nautiyal, S., Kaechele, H., & Rao, K. S. (Eds.). (2016) Transdisciplinary perspectives
on Transitions to Sustainability. Springer.
6. Nyaupane, G. P., and Poudel, S. (Eds.). (2011) Community-Based Ecotourism:
Perspectives and Case Studies. CABI.
7. World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) (2015) Global Report on Adventure Tourism.
UNWTO.
Web Resources:
1. https://cedindia.org/
2. https://rtsoi.org/
3. https://indiabiodiversity.org/
4. https://www.moef.gov.in/
5. https://www.tourism.gov.in/
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
184
CO-3 Understanding of the latest trends and developments in U, An PSO-1,2
bioeconomics and related policies and analyzing the
impact of globalization, trade liberalization, and
international agreements on bioeconomic sectors and
policies.
Develop a foundational PO 1/ U, An F, C L -
1. understanding of PSO-
bioeconomics as an 1,2
interdisciplinary field that
integrates principles from
biology and economics and
able to analyze bioresource
markets, including those for
renewable resources.
185
policies and analysing the
impact of globalization, trade
liberalization, and
international agreements on
bioeconomic sectors and
policies.
PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO 1 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - - --
1
CO 2 - 3 - - - - 2 - - - - - -
2
CO 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
3
186
CO 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
4
CO 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
5
CO 2 1 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -- -
6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
1. Principles of bioeconomics
2. Economic impact assessment of a major ecotourism event
3. Make sustainable tourism marketing plan for a destination area or ecotourism enterprise
4. Prepare a report on the study of a selected resource, including its ecological characteristics,
biodiversity, productivity, and socio-economic importance.
5. Environmental management measures to minimize the ecological footprint of ecotourism
activities.
6. Major Ecotourism centres of Kerala.
1. Quiz / Debate
2. Assignment
3. Group Discussion
4. Seminar
5. Submission of report
6. Test
187
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay questions
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓
188
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4SECZOO201
Course Title Livestock Management
Type of SEC
Course
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides a comprehensive understanding of livestock
Summary management, covering aspects from breeding and nutrition to disease
control, funding opportunities, and business ventures in the livestock
industry. It emphasizes breeds of cattle, poultry, sheep, and goats, along
with major diseases and preventive measures. Students are guided on
training centres, national research institutes, registration, insurance, and
commercialization opportunities. Emerging trends such as farm tourism
and start-ups in livestock management are also highlighted, providing a
comprehensive overview for aspiring livestock managers. It equips
learners with practical knowledge and skills necessary for successful
livestock farming and management.
Detailed Syllabus
I Introduction to Livestock 2
189
1.1 Scope of Livestock Industry; Livestock- Dairy and Poultry; Value added 2
products of Live stock
II Nutritional requirements 5
2.1 Dietary needs for Dairy and Poultry: Carbohydrates, Fats, Protein,
Minerals, Vitamins and Water.
5
Permitted feed additives and Advanced Ration Formulations for dairy and
poultry (Brief description ).
3.1 Selection of Livestock (High quality milk and meat breeds of Cattle and 1
Broilers and Layers of Poultry).
4.1 Major Diseases of Poultry: (Coccidiosis, Pullorum, Fowl pox) and Cattle 5
(Anthrax, Tuberculosis, Foot and Mouth Disease): Symptoms and
Preventive measures (Mention-Vaccination and deworming programmes);
Biosecurity.
V Beginner’s guide 10
190
- Vellayani Central Poultry Development Organization and Training
Institute-Bangalore (Brief description).
5.3 National Research Institutes: NDRI, CIRC, CIRG, NIVEDI and CARI 1
(Brief description).
References
1. Aruna T. Kumar (2008). Handbook of Animal Husbandry, published by ICAR.
2. Banerji, G.C. A textbook of Animal husbandry, 1998. Oxford & IBH.
3. ICAR. Handbook of Animal Husbandry, 2013. Indian Council of Agriculture Research
Krishi Bhavan.
4. Malti, S.K, Gendley. M.K, Shahaji Phand (2021). Approaches for improving Livestock
Productivity through Nutrition and Animal Health Management. Jointly published by
SAU-DSVCKV, Durg C.G and MANAGE, Hyderabad.
5. Peter D. Constable, Kenneth W. Hinchcliff, and Stanley H. Done (2016).
6. Veterinary Medicine: A Textbook of the Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Pigs, Goats and
Horses
7. Richard.O.Kellims and David. C. Church (2009). Livestock Feeds and Feeding (6th
Edition).
8. Sasthry N.S.R and C.K. Thomas (2019). Live Stock Production Management, Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi.
9. Taylor, R. E and Field, T.G. (2004). Scientific Farm Animal Production: An
introduction to Animal Science. Prentice-Hall.
Web Resources:
1. https://www.agriinfo.in/
2. https://icar.org.in/
3. https://www.iva.org.in/
4. https://www.ivri.nic.in/
5. https://krishikosh.egranth.ac.in/
6. https://www.manage.gov.in/
7. https://www.nddb.coop/
8. https://www.ndri.res.in/
9. https://www.nianp.res.in/
10. http://www.veterinaryindia.net/
191
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. No. Contents
1. Identification of Indigenous and Exotics breeds of Live stocks.
2. Visit to Poultry farm /Dairy Centres and Submit a report with Photos
OR
Visit to Institutes / Labs (Any one)
OR
Visit to a nearby Milk Co-operative Society, prepare a Quality register by using
lactometer
Course Outcomes
192
Name of the Course: Live Stock Management
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
Lecture
CO PO/PS Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO (L)/Tuto
No. O Level Category (P)
rial (T)
PO5,
Serve as an animal husbandry
5 PO6/ U, C P - P
compendium for young entrepreneurs.
PSO6
193
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
CO 1 1 - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 2 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 - - - 2 - -
CO 3 - 1 - - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - -
CO 4 - - - - 2 1 - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO 5 - - - - 2 1 - - - - - 2 3 - -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
194
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz/ Debate
2. Assignment
3. Group discussion
4. Submission of Report
5. Test
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Practical Exam.
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓
195
SEMESTER V
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester V
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45 hrs
196
II Early Embryonic Development 11
2.4 Fate Map and its significance, Construction of Fatemap - Mention different 2
techniques (Vital staining, Radioactive labelling, Genetic marking), Fate
map of the frog.
197
4.5 Parthenogenesis: Definition. Natural (Arrhenotoky and Thelytoky, 1
(Obligatory and Facultative) and Artificial parthenogenesis. Significance
of parthenogenesis (Brief account only).
5.2 In vitro fertilization and embryo transfer in humans and test tube babies. 2
References
1. Michael J.F. Barresi and Scott F. Gilbert (2020). Developmental Biology, OUP USA;
12th edition.
2. Jonathan M.W. Slack and Leslie Dale (2021). Essential Developmental Biology.
Wiley-Blackwell, 4th edition.
3. Gilbert, S.F. (2010). Developmental Biology, IX Edition, Sinauer Associates, Inc.,
Publishers, Sunderland, Massachusetts, USA.
4. Balinsky B.I. and Fabian B.C. (2006). An Introduction to Embryology. VIII Edition,
International Thompson Computer Press.
5. Carlson, B.M. (2007) Foundations of Embryology. VI Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishers.
Suggestive Reading
1. Kay Elder and Brian Dale (2020). In-Vitro Fertilization. Cambridge University Press;
4th edition.
2. Subramanian M.A. Developmental Biology, M J P Publisher; First Edition (1
November 2021).
3. Kalthoff, K. (2001) Analysis of Biological Development. II Edition, McGraw Hill
Publishers.
4. Arora, R. and Grover, A. (2018). Developmental Biology: Principles and Concepts. I
Edition, R Chand & Company.
5. Berry, A. K. (2008). An Introduction to Embryology. Emkay Publications.
6. Goel, S.C. (1984). Principles of animal developmental biology. Himalaya Publ. House,
Bombay.
7. Verma, P.S. & Agarwal V.K. (2010). Chordate Embryology. S. Chand & Company
Ltd.
8. Varsha Baweja and Monica Misra (2021). Practical Manual of Developmental Biology,
ebook.
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. No Contents
1 Sketch and label the Vertical Section (VS) of the egg of a hen - Use
Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter).
198
3 Sketch and label frog gastrula - Use Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter).
5 Sketch and label the fate map of the frog - Use Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter)
6 Mounting, sketch and label of 24hrs chick blastoderm (Demonstration & Spotter).
9 Sketch and label a Human placenta, mention its type, and its functions - Use
Slide/Model/Picture /specimen (Spotter).
10 Sketch and label a Sheep placenta, mention its type, and its functions - Use
Slide/Model/Picture/specimen (Spotter).
11 Sketch and label a Pig placenta, Mention its type, and its functions - Use
Slide/Model/Picture/specimen (Spotter).
12 Sperm motility in Zebra fish or any fish (Demonstration only).
15 Prepare a poster on the developmental stages of a chick (18 hr, 24 hr, 36 hr and 48 hr)
(Group activity).
16 Prepare a poster on different types of placenta: Epitheliochorial, Syndesmochorial,
Endotheliochorial, and Haemochorial (Group activity).
17 Renowned embryologists around the world (Hans Spemann, Sir John Gurdon, Ian
Wilmut) (Spotters).
21 Conduct a debate on ethical issues related to human embryo research. Make a poster
presentation on different types of eggs (Group activity).
22 Conduct an awareness programme on Assisted Reproductive Techniques.
References
1. Michael J.F. Barresi and Scott F. Gilbert (2020). Developmental Biology, OUP USA;
12th edition.
2. Verma, P. S. & Agarwal V.K. (2010). Chordate Embryology. S. Chand & Company
Ltd.
3. Varsha Baweja and Monica Misra (2021). Practical Manual of Developmental Biology,
ebook.
199
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to Level addressed
200
lineage in chick blastoderms and 6
analyse and synthesize information
from studies on frog, chick, and
human embryology to establish
connections between developmental
processes and evolutionary biology.
Comprehensive understanding of
fundamental concepts in
PO-8/
developmental biology,
CO-4 PSO-1, 2, U, Ap F, C L
encompassing potency, organizers,
4
regeneration, teratology, and
parthenogenesis.
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO 1 2 2 - - - 1 - 1 - - - - 2 - -
CO 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO 3 2 - - - 2 1 - 1 - - - - 2 - -
CO 4 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2
CO 5 3 2 - - - - - 1 - - - - 2 - 1
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments (Any two)
1. Explore the mechanisms of organogenesis in vertebrate development.
201
2. Discuss the role of environmental factors in influencing developmental
processes.
3. Investigate the role of stem cells in tissue regeneration and embryonic
development.
4. Explore the impact of teratogens on foetal development and congenital
abnormalities.
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓
202
University of Kerala
Discipline Zoology
Course Code UK5DSCZOO302
Course Title Animal Physiology
Type of Course DSC
Semester V
Academic 300-399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course
Summary This course provides a comprehensive overview of essential topics in
animal physiology, covering areas such as nutrition, obesity, respiratory
physiology, blood composition, cardiovascular function, renal
physiology, muscle physiology, nerve and sensory physiology, special
senses, endocrinology, and reproductive physiology. Students will
explore the mechanisms and functions of various physiological processes
in animals, including the impacts of nutrition on health, respiratory
adaptations in different environments, blood clotting disorders, cardiac
muscle features, muscle contraction mechanisms, nerve impulse
generation, sensory physiology, hormonal functions and disorders, and
reproductive cycles.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
203
1.3 Respiratory pigments, Transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide in blood. 2
1.4 Dissociation curves and factors influencing the curve, Bohr effect and Haldane 1
effect.
1.5 Respiratory adaptations in high altitude and deep-sea diving (Brief accounts 1
only).
1.6 Respiratory disturbances: e.g. Apnoea, Dyspnoea, Hypoxia, Hypocapnia, 1
Hypercapnia, Asphyxia, and Carbon monoxide poisoning (Brief account only).
Circulatory Physiology 7
3.5 Motor Unit, Simple muscle twitch, Summation, Tetanus, Tonus, all-or-nothing 1
law, Fatigue, Oxygen debt, Rigor mortis.
204
4.3 Neurodegenerative disorders: e.g. Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, 1
Huntington's Disease, Multiple sclerosis, and Dementia (Brief account only).
References
1. Barrett, Kim, Susan Barman, Jason Yuan, and Heddwen Brooks. (2019). Ganong's
Review of Medical Physiology, 26th ed., McGraw Hill.
2. Hall, John E., and Michael E. Hall. (2020). Guyton and Hall Textbook of Medical
Physiology, 14th ed., Elsevier.
3. Khurana, Indu. (2022). Medical Physiology for Undergraduate Students, Third Edition,
Elsevier.
4. Prosser, C.L. (1978). Comparative Animal Physiology, W.B. Saunders Co.
5. Randall, David, and Kathleen French. (2001). Eckert Animal Physiology, Fifth ed.,
W.H. Freeman & Co Ltd.
205
2. Pat Willmer and Graham Stone. (2000). Environmental Physiology of Animals, Wiley–
Blackwell.
Web Resources:
1. Physiology Web (https://www.physiologyweb.com/search/search_result_882.html)
2. Human Physiology Wikibooks (https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Human_Physiology)
3. Armando Hasudungan videos (https://www.youtube.com/@armandohasudungan)
4. https://www.health.harvard.edu/heart-health/want-to-check-your-heart-rate-heres-how
5. https://www.britannica.com/video/143182/organ-hearing-sound-perception
6. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in
1 Enumeration of human red blood cells and white blood cells using a haemocytometer
(Demonstration & Spotter).
2 Preparation and staining of human blood smear and identification of WBC (Major
practical).
206
References
1. Khurana, Indu. (2022). Medical Physiology for Undergraduate Students, Third Edition,
Elsevier.
2. Sembulingam, K., and Prema Sembulingam. (2019). Essentials of Medical Physiology,
Eighth ed., Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers.
Web Resources:
1. Physiology Web (https://www.physiologyweb.com/search/search_result_882.html)
2. Human Physiology Wikibooks (https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Human_Physiology)
3. Armando Hasudungan videos (https://www.youtube.com/@armandohasudungan)
4. https://www.health.harvard.edu/heart-health/want-to-check-your-heart-rate-heres-how
5. https://www.britannica.com/video/143182/organ-hearing-sound-perception
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
207
Name of the Course: Animal Physiology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
208
Physiology.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO 1 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 2 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 3 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 4 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 5 - 1 - - 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 - 1
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly/Low
2 Moderate/Medium
3 Substantial/High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments (Any 2)
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of a field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
209
End Semester Evaluation
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ - - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ - ✓ ✓
210
University of Kerala
Discipline Zoology
Semester V
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Course Summary Microbiology and Immunology is a comprehensive course that delves into the intricate
realm of microorganisms and the body's defence mechanisms against pathogens. In
Microbiology, students explore historical aspects, virus and bacteria classification,
microalgae, fungi characteristics, diseases, economic importance, microbial interactions,
and the human microbiome. Through hands-on experiences, students gain practical insights
into microbiological concepts. In Immunology, students study the immune system
overview, immune responses, viral and bacterial diseases in humans, zoonotic diseases, and
immunological techniques for infectious disease diagnosis. Overall, the course equips
students with a profound understanding of the microbial world, host-pathogen interactions,
and immune responses, preparing them for careers in research, healthcare, and
biotechnology.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
1 Contributions of Anton Van Leeuwenhoek, Louis Pasteur, Robert Koch, Joseph Lister, 1
Alexander Fleming, Paul Ehrlich and Edward Jenner for the development of Microbiology
as a discipline.
2 Three Domain Classification by Carl Woese: Eucarya, Eubacteria and Archeae. Mention 1
extremophiles.
211
1 Classification of viruses: Baltimore system (Brief account only). Bacteriophages: Structure 3
and reproduction (Lytic and Lysogenic cycles). Mention viroids, prions and virusoids.
6 Normal human microbiome: Examples and its importance in well-being. Mention prebiotics 2
(Yogurt, Kefir, Sauerkraut, Kimchi and Kombucha) and probiotics (Bifidobacterium
bifidum and Lactobacillus acidophilus, L. rhamnosus).
1 Types of immunity: Innate and Acquired immunity, Active immunity and Passive immunity, 2
Cell-mediated immunity and Humoral immunity.
Immune responses 8
212
3 Immunodeficiency diseases: Types of immunodeficiency diseases (DiGeorge syndrome, 2
Selective IgA deficiency and AIDS).
1 Microbial diseases in man: Viral diseases (e.g. Chicken pox, Measles, Common cold, 3
Herpes, Hepatitis, Poliomyelitis), Bacterial diseases (Diphtheria, Pneumonia, Leprosy,
Ornithosis.
Multi-drug resistant bacteria (MRSA, Carbapenem-resistant Enterobacterales)
3 Immunological techniques for infectious disease diagnosis: Widal test, ELISA, FISH and 3
GISH.
References
1. Ananthanarayan R. and C.K. Jayaram Paniker (2022).Textbook of Microbiology.
Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Chakraborty, P. (2013). A Textbook of Microbiology. New Central Book Agency,
Kolkotta.
3. Helen Chapel, Mansel Haeney, Siraj Misbah and Neil Snowden (2006). Essentials of
Clinical Immunology. 5th ed., Ane Books, India.
4. Gandhi. Microbiology and Immunology notes and cases – Blackwell Publishing.
5. Heritage, J. et al. Introductory Microbiology. Cambridge University Press.
6. Prescott L. M., Harley, J. P., and Klein D. A.: Microbiology (7th Ed)- Mc Graw Hill,
New York.
7. Pelczar, M. J., Reid, R. D. and Chan, E. C. S.: Microbiology. TMH.
8. Kumar, D.D. and S Kumar: Modern concept of Microbiology. Vikas Pub House Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi
9. Heritage J, E.G.V Evans, R.A. Killington. Introduction to Microbiology. Cambridge
University Press.
10. Tewari J.P, T.N. Lakhanpal, I Singh, R Gupta and B.P. Chanola. Advances in
Microbiology. APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
11. Jacquelyn G. Black. Microbiology: Principles and Explorations. Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
12. Patel A.H. Industrial Microbiology. Panama Publishing House New Delhi.
13. Krieg, N.R. & Holt, J.G. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology. Vols 1 – 4.
(1984-89).
14. Rao, A.S. Introduction to Microbiology. Prentice Hall of India.
15. Johnson, T.R. & Case, C.L. Lab (2003). Experiments in Microbiology.Addison
Wesley.
16. Goldsby et al. (2003). Immunology. 5 ed., W.H. Freeman.
17. Joshi, K.R. Immunology. Agro Bios.
18. Kuby, J. Immunology. W. H. Freeman.
19. Lydyard, P.M. et al. Instant Notes in Immunology. Viva Books.
213
20. Playfair, J.H.L. et al. Medical Immunology for Students. Churchill Livingstone, UK.
21. Rajeshwar Reddy, K. (2007). Text Book of Immunology. AITBS Publishers, India.
22. Rao C.V. An Introduction to Immunology. Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
23. Roitt, I.M. Essential Immunology. Blackwell Scientific.
24. Talwar, G.P.A Handbook of Practical Immunology. Vikas, New Delhi.
25. Todd. Lecture notes on Immunology. Lowa State Uty. Press. Ane Books India.
Web resources:
1. Zoonotic diseases https://ncdc.mohfw.gov.in/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Zoonotic-
Diseases-of-Public-Health-Importance.pdf
2. Zoonotic disease and diagnosis https://www.cdc.gov/
3. Beneficial microbes: The pharmacy in the gut – Link :
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4878258/
4. Prebiotics- https://www.healthline.com/nutrition/8-fermented-foods
5. Carbapenem-resistant Enterobacterales
https://www.cdc.gov/hai/organisms/cre/index.html
6. Immunology
https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/Home/ViewSubject?catid=2rAs1Puvga4LW93zMe83aA=
=
7. Environmental Microbiology, Fermentation Technology and Bioremediation
https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/Home/ViewSubject?catid=0Xvq9yUM2ILDrJ07FvlArQ==
Sl. No. Contents (Any two major, Any two minor and spotters)
214
9 Isolation of lymphocytes from whole blood.
References
Web sources:
1. https://www.britannica.com/science/ABO-blood-group-system
2. Microbiology Virtual Lab I: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=73
3. Microbiology Virtual Lab II: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=76
4. Immunology Virtual Lab I: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=69
5. Immunology Virtual Lab II: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=70
215
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
216
learn immunological disease
diagnosis methods.
- 1 - - 2 - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO 1
- - - - 3 - - 1 2 - - - 2 - -
CO 2
- - - - 3 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 - -
CO 3
- - - - 2 - - 1 2 - - 1 2 - -
CO 4
- - - - 2 3 - 1 - - - 2 3 - -
CO 5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
217
Assessment Rubrics:
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of reports
4. Submission of a field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ - - ✓
218
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5DSCZOO304
Course Title Agrochemicals and Agricultural Pest Management
Type of Course DSC
Semester V
Academic 300-399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides a comprehensive understanding of pest management
Summary principles, classification of pests, common agricultural pests of Kerala and
different agrochemicals and their use. Integrated pest management is an
essential component of sustainable agriculture. Part of the course
emphasizes the principles and practices of IPM in agriculture. The course
concludes with discussions on emerging trends in agrochemical research
and development, Bt technology and Robotics in pest management and
their potential impacts. Additionally, the course delves into innovative
methods such as biopesticides, precision agriculture, genetic pest control,
and the integration of robotics for efficient pest monitoring and
management.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Pests -An Introduction 10
1.1 Definition of Insect Pest- Types - Domestic pests, Structural pests, Animal 3
husbandry pests, public health pests; Pests out-break (Brief account).
Common Agricultural pests of Kerala - Paddy (Leptocorisa acuta), Coconut
(Oryctes rhinoceros), Sugar cane (Chilo infuscatellus), Coffee (Xylotrechus
quadripes), Tea (Helopeltis antonii), Ginger (Dichocrosis punctiferalis),
1.2 Mango (Idioscopus niveosparus), Cashew (Placaederus ferrugineus), 7
Rubber (Aspidiotus destructor), Banana (Odoiporus longicollis) Pulses
(Helicoverpa armigera), Vegetables (Dacus cucrubitae, Erias fabia) and
Stored grains (Tribolium castaneum). Common name, features and mode of
infection (Brief description).
II Agrochemicals for Pest management 12
2.1 Agrochemicals- Types- Conventional insecticides, Fungicides, 5
Rodenticides, Nematicides, Molluscicides, Fumigants, Repellents and
Attractants.
219
2.2 Based on chemical nature: Organophosphates; Organochlorines Carbamates 5
and synthetic pyrethroids; Structure, chemical name, physical and chemical
properties; Degradation metabolism, Mode of action, uses and toxicity (Brief
description).
2.3 Application of Pesticides, appliances used; dose estimation for field 2
applications.
III Integrated Pest Management (IPM) 5
3.1 Integrated Pest Management-Concept, Definition. Pest Control Methods - 5
Natural, Biological, Mechanical, Physical, Cultural and legal aspects (Brief
description).
IV Bio-pesticides 10
Definition and Source of Bio-pesticides. Microbial Biopesticides
(Beauveria bassiana and Bacillus thuringiensis) Biochemical Biopesticides
4.1 (Neem oil, Pyrethrins), Plant-Incorporated Protectants (Bt crops, RNAi- 6
based crops) Azadirachtin and its role in pest control. Other biopesticides -
Rotenone, Nicotine and Nicotinoids.
Growth inhibitors or physiological antagonists, chemo-sterilant; pheromones
4.2 and attractants; Insect growth regulators, juvenile hormones, moulting 4
hormones; Chitin synthesis inhibitors. Moulting Inhibitors. (Brief account
only).
V Innovative Methods in Pest management 8
5.1 Innovative biological control (Augmentative Biological Control, 5
Conservation Biological Control, Microbial Biopesticides), Semiochemicals
and Pheromones (Pheromone Traps and Lures, Mating Disruption) Precision
Agriculture (Remote Sensing and GIS, Variable Rate Application (VRA),
Sensor Technologies). Genetic Pest Control (Sterile Insect Technique, Gene
Drive Technology). Integrated Pest Management (IPM) Decision Support
Systems (Predictive Models, Smartphone Apps and Web-Based Platforms).
5.2 Bt technology, transgenic plants -Advantages and disadvantages (Brief 1
account only).
5.3 Robotics in Pest management (Electronic Traps, Smart Pest Control 2
System, Drones, RobHortic, UGVs, Agrobot).
References
1. Atwal, A. S. (2008) Agricultural pests of India and south East Asia, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana.
2. Dent, D. (2000) Insect pest management (2nd edition) CAB International.
3. Hill, D.S. (1983) Agricultural insect pests of the tropics and their control- Cambridge
Univ. Press.
4. Horowitz, A. R., & Ishaaya, I. (Eds.). (2014). Insect pest management and control.
Springer Science & Business Media.
5. Koul, O. and Dhaliwal, G.S. (2003) Phytochemical Biopesticides, Harwood Academic
Publishers, Amsterdam.
6. Koul, O., Walia, S., & Dhaliwal, G. S. (2008). Essential oils as green pesticides:
potential and constraints. Biopesticides International, 4(1), 63-84.
7. Pedigo, L.P. (1996) Entomology and pest management, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
220
8. Sathe T V (2003), Agrochemicals and Pest management, Daya publishing House, New
Delhi, ISBN: Indian ISBN: 9788170353096.
9. Sparks, T. C., & Nauen, R. (2015). IRAC: Mode of action classification and insecticide
resistance management. Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology, 121, 122-128.
10. Van Lenteren, J. C., Bolckmans, K., Köhl, J., Ravensberg, W. J., & Urbaneja, A.
(2018). Biological control using invertebrates and microorganisms: plenty of new
opportunities. Bio Control, 63(1), 39-59.
Web resources
1. https://croplife.org/
2. https://www.fao.org/pest-and-pesticide-management/en/
3. https://sitem.herts.ac.uk/aeru/iupac/
4. https://www.epa.gov/pesticides
5. https://www.icar.org/
6. https://www.kau.in/
Sl. Contents
No
1 Collection and preservation of Insect Pests (Any five)
2 Field Visit- Agricultural farm/ bio-control labs and submission of field records
3 Insect traps- Models/Pictures
4 Monitoring the mode of infestation and damage by pest (Any three)
5 Preparation of any one Bio pesticides.
6 Identification of common natural enemies of crop pests (Parasitoids, predators and
Microbes).
References
1. Atwal A S, Agricultural pests of South Asia and their Management (2018) 7th Edition,
Kalyani Publishers.
2. Emden H M (2013) Handbook of Agricultural Entomology, 1st Edition, Wiley-
Blackwell Publishers.
3. Horne P (2008) Integrated Pest Management for Crops and Pastures, CSIRO
Publishing.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
221
health, and the environment.
222
agrochemicals and apply 5,PSO 6
knowledge and skills
acquired throughout the
course to develop and
implement agrochemical-
based pest management
plans.
CO 1 3 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - -
CO 2 - - 3 2 - 2 - 2
CO 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3
CO 4 - - 3 - - 3
CO 5 3 - - 3 - 2
223
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment topics/Seminar discussions
1. Integrated Pest Management
2. Pest control methods
3. Bio-pesticides
4. Challenges and Opportunities in Organic Pest Management Practices
5. Role of Genetic Engineering in Developing Pest-Resistant Crops
6. Sustainable Pest Management Practices in Urban Environments
7. Common Agricultural pests of Kerala.
8. Different types of Agrochemicals
9. Various appliances used for application of Pesticides
Continuous and Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz / Debate
2. Assignment
3. Group Discussion
4. Seminar
5. Submission of report
6. Test
End Semester Assessment
1. Multiple Choice questions
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay questions
4. Practical Exam
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
224
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5DSEZOO301
Course Title Ecology and Disaster Management
Type of Course DSE
Semester V
Academic Level 300-399
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutori Practi Total
per al per cal per Hours/We
week week week ek
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course The course provides a basic understanding of biotic and abiotic components
of ecosystems, characteristics of population, community, ecosystem
summary
development and energetics. Anthropogenic impacts on ecosystems are
detailed under environmental pollution and man-made disasters.
Assessment and management strategies to mitigate the impact of pollution
and disasters are described. Experiments included in the practicum improve
understanding of the theoretical aspects.
Detailed Syllabus
Mod Unit Content 45
ule hrs
Introduction to Ecology 5
1.1 Concept of an ecosystem. Interrelationships between the living world 1
and the environment.
I 1.2 Structure of an ecosystem: Brief account on abiotic and biotic factors. 1
1,3 Primary production and energy flow in an ecosystem. 1
1.4 Pond as a typical ecosystem (Trophic relationships, producers, 2
consumers and decomposers).
Population Ecology 10
2.1 Characteristics of a population. Ecotypes. A brief account of 5
II metapopulation.
2.2 Exponential and logistic growth, equation and patterns, r and K 3
strategies
2.3 Population regulation– density-dependent and independent factors. 2
225
Community Ecology 7
3.1 Community characteristics: stratification, species diversity, species 5
abundance, species dominance community periodicity. Brief accounts
III on a niche, trophic level and guild.
3.2 Ecological succession: Types and different stages. Eg. Succession in an 2
aquatic ecosystem.
Environmental Pollution 8
4.1 Types of pollution (Air, water, and soil). Sources of pollution, 5
eutrophication, effects of pollution on the ecosystem, pollution
indicators. Control and management (bioremediation, sewage treatment,
IV green chemistry). Air pollution mapping software (eg. AirNow, IQAir,
AirVisual).
Disaster management 15
5.1 Disaster: Definition. Classification of disasters- human-induced and
natural. Natural Hazards (Cyclone, Tsunami, Heat Wave, Landslide,
4
UrbanFloods, Floods and Earthquakes). Man-made hazards (Chemical,
nuclear and biological).
5.4
Policies and agencies: National Disaster Management Plan, 2019, Kerala
State Disaster Management Plan, 2016. Kerala State Disaster 4
Management Authority (KSDMA) and National Disaster Management
Authority (NDMA).
5.5 Need of Disaster management strategies: A case study on Kerala flood 2
2018 and Uttarakhand Cloudburst. Role of Information Technology in
Disasters
References:
1. Abbott Leon (2008). Natural Disaster, McGraw-Hill. ISBN-13: 978 0072 428650.
2. Agarwal, A. & Sen, S (1999). The Citizen & Fifth Report, Centre for Science and
Environment. New Delhi.
3. Beck, W.S., Liem, K.F. & Simpson, G.G (1991). Life: An Introduction to Biology (3rd
Ed.) Harper Collins Publishers, New York, pp 1361. ISBN: 006500009 9.
4. Bharucha, E. (2005). Textbook of Environmental Studies. Universities Press (P) Ltd.
India, pp 276. ISBN 817371 540 8.
5. Chandna, R.C. (1998). Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
226
6. Charry, S.N. (2008). Environmental Studies. MacMillan India Ltd. ISBN: 10:0230
635318, 13: 987 0230 6351 9.
7. Chapman, J.L., & Reiss, M.J. (1999). Ecology: Principles and Applications (2nd Ed.).
Cambridge University Press, UK. ISBN: 0521 005752
8. Cunningham, W.P. & Cunningham, M.A. (2003). Principles of Environmental Science
Inquiry and Applications. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi.
ISBN 0 07 058112.
9. Colinvaux, P.A (1993). Ecology. II Edition. Wiley, John and Sons, Inc.
10. Donald Van De Veer and Christine Pierce (2003). The Environmental Ethics & Policy
Book (3rd Ed.). Wadsworth.
11. Emmel, T.C. (1976). Population Biology. Harper & Row Publishers, New York. ISBN
06 041904 0 Coppola.
12. Damon (2011). Introduction to International Disaster Management, Elsevier ISBN:
978-0- 12-3821744.
13. Krebs, C.J. (2001). Ecology: The experimental analysis of distribution and abundance.
V Edition. Benjamin Cummings. San Francisco.
14. Odum E.P. (2017). Fundamentals of ecology. Indian edition. Brooks/Cole
15. Rajalekshmi, V. (2004). Environmental and sustainable development.APH Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi. ISBN 81 7648 552 7.
16. Ricklefs, R.E and Miller, G.L (2000). Ecology. IV Edition. W.H Freeman, New York.
17. Robert Leo Smith (1966). Ecology and field biology Harper and Row publisher. New
York and London.
18. Sharma, H.S. (2000). Ranthambore Sanctuary - Dilemma of Eco-development, Concept
Publishing Company
19. Shrivastava, A.K (2023). Textbook of Disaster Management. Scientific Publishers,
India.
Web Resource:
▪ Disaster Management www.ifrc.org/en/what-we-do/disaster-management/
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
Sl. Contents (Any two major practicals, two minor practicals, demonstration and
No spotters)
1 Estimation of dissolved oxygen of water sample (Major Practical).
2 Estimation of CO2 in water (Major Practical).
3 Measurement of pH of different water samples using pH meter, pH paper and indicator
solution (Minor Practical).
4 Study of ecological adaptations (Spotter)
5 Primary productivity using dark and light bottles (Demonstration, Spotter)
6 Extraction of soil organisms – Berlese funnel (Demonstration, Spotter)
7 Construction of food web (Minor Practical)
227
8 Study of marine planktons / Freshwater planktons (Minor Practical)
9 Turbidity using Secchi disc in polluted and unpolluted waters (Demonstration, Spotter)
10 Estimation of hardness of water samples (Demonstration)
11 Ecological indicators – Identification & submission of a report with photographs
12 Field study and Report submission of any one ecologically important area –
mangroves/rocky shore/pond/sacred groove/forest etc.
13 Field visit to sites of national importance having environmental issues related to
pollution, natural disasters, ecosystem restoration etc. and report submission.
(Sl.No 12 & 13 can be clubbed together for a maximum of 4 days study tour
programme).
References:
1. Bharucha, E. (2005). Textbook of Environmental Studies. Universities Press (P)
Ltd. India, pp 276. ISBN 817371 540 8.
2. Chandna, R.C. (1998). Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Charry, S.N. (2008). Environmental Studies. MacMillan India Ltd. ISBN: 10:0230
63531
4. 8, 13: 987 0230 6351 9.
5. Chapman, J.L., & Reiss, M.J. (1999). Ecology: Principles and Applications (2nd Ed.)
Cambridge University Press, UK. ISBN: 0521 005752
6. Cunningham, W.P. & Cunningham, M.A. (2003). Principles of Environmental Science
Inquiry and Applications. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi.
ISBN 0 07 058112.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitiv PSO
able to e Level
addresse
d
228
knowledge on the impacts of disasters on the
environment and society
229
the environment and
society
CO 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
2
CO - - 1 - - - - - - - - 2
3
CO - - 2 3 - - - - - - - -
4
CO - - - - - 3 - - - - - 3
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Suggestive Assignments (Any two):
1. Solid and e-waste management
2. Biogeochemical cycles
3. Species interactions
4. Impact of climate change on ecosystems
5. Ramsar sites of Kerala
230
6. Application of microbes in pollution abatement
CO 1
✓ ✓
CO 2
✓
✓
CO 3
✓
✓
CO 4
✓ ✓
CO 5
231
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester V
4 3 hours - 2 5
Detailed Syllabus
Freshwater Aquaculture 16
1.1 Major species cultured, production trends and prospect in different parts
of the world. Freshwater aquaculture resources - ponds, tanks, lakes, 4
reservoirs etc. Wintering ponds, quarantine ponds and isolation ponds
232
I
1.2 Traits of important cultivable finfishes and shellfishes and their culture 4
methods-Indian major carps, exotic carps, air breathing fishes, Tilapia
cold water fishes, freshwater prawns, mussels
233
All India Coordinated Research Project on Aquaculture of ICAR., 2
5.1 ADAK, Matsyafed, FFDAs and BFFDAs, FIRMA, KSCADC Ltd.
V (Kerala State Coastal Development Corporation).
5.2 Central Institutes involved in aquaculture research and development - 1
CIFA, NBFGR, CIBA, CMFRI, RGCA
References
1.Agrarwal, S.C. 2007. A Handbook of Fish Farming. Narendra Publishing House., New Delhi
2.Bardach JE. 1997. Sustainable Aquaculture. John Willey & Sons.
3. Billard, R. 1990. Carp Biology and Culture. Springer, NY.
4. Chakravarthy, N.A. 1998. Biology, Culture and Production of Indian Major Carps. A
Review. Narendra Publ. Hse., New Delhi.
5. Chakravarthy, N.M. 2006. Murrels and Murrel Culture. Narendra Publ. Hse., New
Delhi.
6. Coche, A. G. and J. F. Muir. 1996. Pond Construction and Fresh Water Fish Culture – Pond
Farm Structures and Layouts – Simple Methods for Aquaculture. FAO. Daya
Publishing House, New Delhi.
7. Das, A.K., K.K. Vass, N.P. Shrivastava, P.K. Katiha. 2009. Cage Culture in Reservoirs
in India. (A Handbook) WorldFish Center Technical Manual No. 1948. The WorldFish
Center, Penang, Malaysia.
8. De Silva, S.S. & T.A. Anderson 1995. Fish Nutrition in Aquaculture. Chapman & Hall,
London.
9. Dube, S.K. 2010. Fish Farming. Wisdom Press, New Delhi.
10. Felix, S. 2007. Aquaculture Management Techniques. Narendra Publ. Hse., New Delhi.
11. Ghosh, P.K. 2006. Agro’sDicrionary of Aquaculture. Agrobios, India.
12. Halver, J.E. 1972. Fish Nutrition, Acad. Press, NY.
13. Halver, J.E. & R.W. Hardy 2002. Fish Nutrition. 3rd ed. Acad. Press, London.
14. Huet, M. 1986. Textbook of Fish culture. Breeding and Cuoltivation of Fish. 2nd ed.
Fishing News Books, Oxford.
15. Hussain, S.M. 2002. Encyclopedia of Fish Culture. Vol. 1. APH Publ. Co., New Delhi.
16. ICAR 2011. Handbook of Fisheries and Aquaculture. ICAR, New Delhi.
17. Imai, T. 1977. Aquaculture in Shallow Seas. Progress in Shallow Sea Culture. Amerind
Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
18. Inito, M. & S. Sarig 1989. Fish Culture in Warm Water Systems: Problems and Trends.
234
CRC Press Inc., Florida.
19. Jhingran, V.G. 1991. Fish and Fisheries of India. 3rd ed. Hindustan Publ. Corpn. (India),
Delhi.
20. Jhingran, V.G. & R.S.V. Pullin 1985. A Hatchery Manual for the Common, Chinese
and Indian Major Carps. Asian Development Bank, Manila and ICLARM, Manila.
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl.No. Contents
References
1. Joseph, M.M. 1990. Aquaculture in Asia. Asian Fish. Soc., Mangalore.
2. Khanna, D.R., R. Rajani, G. Matta. 2011. Ecology of Fish Pond. Daya Publishing
House, New Delhi.
3. Meehan, W.E. 2002. Fish Culture in Ponds and Other Inland Waters. H.R. Publ. Hse.,
Piliani.
4. Midlen and TA Redding. 1998. Environmental Management for Aquaculture. Kluwer
Publ.
5. New M.B. & W.C. Valenti 2000. Freshwater Prawn Culture: The Farming of
Macrobrachium rosenbergii. Blackwell Sci. Ltd. Oxford, UK.
6 Pandey, B.N., S. Deshpandey & P.N. Pandey. 2007. Aquaculture. APH Publ. Corpn.,
New Delhi.
7. Pillay, T.V.R. & Kutty, M.N. 2005. Aquaculture-Principles and Practices. 2nd ed.
Blackwell Publ. Ltd., UK.
8. Stickney, R.R. 2000. Encyclopedia of Aquaculture. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Canada.
9 Welcomme RL. 2001. Inland Fisheries: Ecology and Management. Fishing News Books
10. Wheaton, F.W. 1977. Aquaculture Engineering. Wiley Interscience, New York.
235
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
CO-4 To get familiarised with recent trends in aquaculture AP, An, E 4,5
236
important cultivable PSO4,5
species, breeding and
culture of economically
important species in
brackish water culture.
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
1
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
2
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
3
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
4
CO - - - 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
237
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
▪ Quiz / Assignment/ Quiz/ Discussion / Seminar
▪ Midterm Exam
▪ Programming Assignments
▪ Final Exam
Suggested Assignments/ Seminar topics
1. Prepare an account on cultivable fresh water, marine and brackish water species in
Kerala with photographs .
2. Constraints and advantages of biofloc fish farm.
3. Explore the hatchery techniques of marine shrimp.
4. Advantage of composite fish culture
5. Artificial Pearl production
6. Prepare a model of any culture system
Continuous comprehensive assessment
1. Assignment
2. Seminars
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of field report
5. Test
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very short Answer Questions
3. Short answer Questions
4. Essay type Questions
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
238
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5DSEZOO303
Course Title Entomology III - Medical and Veterinary Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester V
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course aims to provide undergraduate students in zoology with a
Summary comprehensive understanding of medical and veterinary entomology,
focusing on the biology, ecology, and control of medically and veterinary
important insects. The practical sessions are designed to enhance students'
observational and analytical skills through hands-on activities and field
visits.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to medical and veterinary entomology 6
1.1 Insects- General characteristics- Entomology-Brief history of medical-
2
veterinary entomology.
1.2 Definition of terms- carriers, vectors- mechanical and biological vector;
Insect reservoirs, Host- vector relationship, Vectorial capacity, Host 2
specificity
1.3 Modes of disease transmission- vertical and horizontal transmission. 2
II Insects as vectors 9
2.1 Features of Orders with insects as vectors- Diptera, Siphonaptera,
3
Siphunculata, Hemiptera
239
2.2 Anatomical, physiological, cellular and molecular adaptations towards
3
their role as vectors.
2.3 Management strategies to control insect vectors- quarantine, cultural,
3
mechanical, chemical, biological and behavioural.
III Diptera as vectors 10
3.1 Important insect vectors in Diptera-Mosquitoes, Sand flies, Houseflies. 3
3.2 Mosquito borne diseases- Malaria, Dengue, chikungunya, Viral
3
encephalitis, Filariasis. Veterinary importance of mosquitoes.
3.3 Sand fly borne diseases- Leishmaniasis, Phlebotomous fever. Veterinary
2
importance of Sand flies.
3.4 House fly as important mechanical vector- Myiasis- Veterinary
2
importance.
Siphonaptera, Siphunculata, Hemiptera as vectors 12
4.1 Fleas as insect vectors; Host specificity, Flea borne diseases- Plague,
3
Typhus fever. Veterinary importance of fleas.
4.2 Lice as disease vector, Study of Lice borne diseases-Typhus fever,
relapsing fever, trench fever, Vagabond’s disease, 2
IV Phthiriasis- Veterinary importance of lice.
4.3 Bugs as insect vectors- Blood sucking bugs, Chagas disease. Blood
3
bugs as mechanical vectors- Veterinary importance of Bugs.
4.4 Other major groups of insect vectors- Beetles, Horse flies, Deer flies, Tse
Tse flies and Tabanid flies- Public health importance and Veterinary 4
importance.
Emerging trends and Challenges in Medical and Veterinary Entomology 8
5.1 Emerging vector-borne diseases and pest infestation. 2
V 5.2 Climate change, urbanisation and other factors driving diseases 2
5.3 Insect population suppression 2
5.4 IPM approach for vector management 1
5.5 Research trend and future directions 1
References
1. Apple J.L. and R.R. Smith (1976) Integrated Pest Management. Plenum Press New
York.
2. Burgess, N.R.H and Cowan, G.O. (1993) A Colour Atlas of Medical Entomology.
Springer Science and Business Media, B. V.
3. Howard R.F. and James.M.T. (1979) entomology in Human and Animal
Health.Mcmillan Publishing London.
240
4. Kettle D.S. (1995) Medical and Veterinary Entomology, CAB International.
5. Larry P.Pedigo(1996) Entomology and Pest management.Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Metcalf, G.L. and W.P. Flint. 1962. Destructive and Useful Insects, their habits and
control. Tata McGraw Hill Publ. Co Ltd. New York.
7. Mullen G.R. and Durden L.A. (2019) Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Academic
Press.
8. Nayar, K.K., Ananthakrishnan, T.N. and B.V. David. 1976. General and Applied
Entomology. Tata McGraw Hill Publ. Co. Ltd New Delhi
9. Ricard P. L. and Crosskey R. W. (1993) Medical insects and Arachnids. Springer
Science and Business Media, B. V.
10. Service, M.W. (1980) A Guide to Medical Entomology. Macmillan Press.
11. Wall, R. and Sheares, D. 1998. Veterinary Entomology. Chapman and Hall.
12. Walter G. 2003. Insect Pest Management and Ecological Research. Cambridge
University Press, UK.
Sl.No. Contents
1. Study of insect vectors through permanent slides or photographs: Aedes, Culex, Anopheles,
lice bed bug, Phlebotomus (sand fly), Musca domestica (house fly)
5. Sorting and identification of immature stages of Culex, Aedes and Anopheles mosquitoes
References
1. Apple, J.L. and R.R. Smith.1976. Integrated Pest Management. Plenum Press, New York.
2. Awasthi, V.B. 2002. Introduction to General and Applied Entomology (2nd edn).
Scientific Publishers (India), Jodhpur.
3. Mullen, G. and Durden, L. (Eds).2002. Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Academic
Press.
4. Patton, W.S. and Crag, F.N. 1973. A Textbook of Medical Entomology. International
Books and Periodicals, New Delhi
5. Service, M.W.1996. Medical Entomology for Students. Chapman and Hall, UK
6. Metcalf, G.L. and W.P. Flint. 1962. Destructive and Useful Insects, their habits and
control. Tata McGraw Hill Publ. Co Ltd. New York.
241
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
CO-3 To analyze and evaluate the adaptations of insect for An, E PSO-1,2
their role as successful vectors and the methods to
control them.
242
2 To develop an PO- F,C R, U
insight in 1,6PSO- L
fundamentals of 1
vector biology
and disease
transmission by
vectors.
PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6
243
CO 1 2 - - - - 2 - - - - -
1
CO 2 3 - - - 1 3 - - - - -
2
CO 1 3 - - - - - 1 - - - -
3
CO 3 - 2 - - - 2 - - - - 1
4
CO - - - 3 - - - 2 - - - -
5
CO 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2
6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
1.Significance of medical and veterinary entomology.
2. Emerging vector- borne diseases.
3. Different adaptations of insect vectors.
4. Salient features of orders containing medically important pests.
5. Integrated pest management to control insect vectors.
6. Mosquito- borne diseases.
7. New trends in medical and veterinary entomology.
8. Climate change and emergence of vector- borne diseases.
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz
2. Assignment/Seminar
3. Internal exam
4. Report submission
5. Poster presentation
244
6. Viva Voce
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay questions
5. Practical examination
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓
CO 6 ✓ ✓
245
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester V
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Environment Monitoring Techniques 11
1.3 Air Quality Monitoring: Brief account on Air Quality Index, Particulate 2
Matter (PM) PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, Nitrogen Oxide(NOx), and Ozone.
246
1.6 Applications of Biodiversity Assessment Techniques: Brief account of Field 3
surveys, Taxonomic identification, Species inventories, Biotic indices
(Shannon-Wiener Index, Simpson's Diversity Index, and the Index of
Biological Integrity), Remote Sensing and GIS, Environmental DNA (eDNA)
Sampling, Camera trapping, and Citizen science initiatives.
1.7 Bioindicators: Relevance and uses to assess ecosystem health and identify 2
trends in environmental quality—microbial indicators, Plant and fungal
indicators, and Animal indicators.
2.3 GIS Data Processing: Basics of Remote Sensing and Processing. Data 2
analysis using Geographic Information Systems (GIS) software to map land
cover, vegetation, and other environmental parameters (Brief account only).
2.4 Data Logging and Use of Sensors: Concept of data loggers and sensors. Use 2
of data loggers and sensors for recording environmental parameters such as
temperature, humidity, pH, dissolved oxygen, and pollutant concentrations.
Ecosystem Restoration 12
4.1 4
Restoration Ecology: The concept of ecosystem restoration. The UN Decade
IV on Ecosystem Restoration. The role of sustainable development goals in
Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation in
Developing Countries (REDD+). Uses of ecosystem restoration services. Brief
247
accounts on Habitat restoration, Reforestation, Wetland rehabilitation, and
Invasive species management.
4.2 Techniques and Tools for Restoration Ecology: Ecological site assessment 2
and inventory, Restoration planning and design.
4.3 Techniques for Soil and Water Conservation in Restoration Ecology: Seed 2
collection, propagation, and planting techniques for restoration. Wildlife
management in restoration ecology. Biomimicry and ecological engineering
in restoration ecology.
4.5 Case Studies and Best Practices: Eg. Karanji Lake (Mysuru, India), Asola- 2
Bhatti Wildlife Sanctuary (India), Mumbai Mangrove Restoration (India), and
Chesapeake Bay (US).
References
248
10. Stuart K. Allison (2009). Ecosystem Restoration and Environmental Change:
Renewing Damaged Ecosystems. CRC Press.
11. Temperton V.M., Hobbs R.J. Nuttle T., Halle S. and Tonev C. (2020). Novel
Ecosystems: Intervening in the New Ecological World Order. John Wiley & Sons.
12. Yaffee S.L. and Wondolleck J.M. (2019). Ecosystem Management in the United States:
An Assessment of Current Experience. Routledge.
Suggestive Readings:
1. Allison S.D. and Murphy S.D. (2019). Ecosystem Collapse and Restoration. Oxford
University Press.
2. Andre F. Clewell and James Aronson (2013). Ecological Restoration, Second Edition:
Principles, Values, and Structure of an Emerging Profession. Island Press.
3. Benedetti-Cecchi L. (2021). Marine restoration ecology. Oxford University Press.
4. Benson M.H. and Phillips A. (2016). Ecosystem Services and Conservation in
Urbanizing Asia. Springer.
5. Clara Simon (2022). Environmental Monitoring. Murphy & Moore Publishing.
6. Felix Muller, Brian W. Baillie, and Stuart E. Weiner (2010). Handbook of Ecosystem
Theories and Management. CRC Press.
7. Higgs E.S., Falk D.A., Guerrini A., Hall M.P. and Harris J.G. (2021). The Routledge
Handbook of Ecological and Environmental Restoration. Routledge.
8. Janick Artiola, Ian L. Pepper, and Mark L. Brusseau (2004). Environmental Monitoring
and Characterization. Academic Press.
9. Moreno-Mateos D. and Perring M.P. (2019). Ecological Restoration and
Environmental Change: Renewing Damaged Ecosystems in a Changing World.
Routledge.
10. Palmer M.A. Zedler J.B. and Falk D.A. (2021). Foundations of Restoration Ecology
(2nd ed.). Island Press.204
11. Suding K.N. and Hobbs R.J. (2019). Handbook of Restoration Ecology (2nd ed.).
Oxford University Press.
Web resources:
1. https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/water/what-we-do/monitoring-water-quality
2. https://www.unep.org/
3. https://www.downtoearth.org.in/
4. https://www.natureserve.org/
5. https://www.conservationgateway.org/Pages/default.aspx
6. https://www.epa.gov
249
Practicum: (30 hrs)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
1 Water Quality Assessment: Conduct field trips to nearby water bodies such as
rivers/lakes/ponds to collect water samples. Perform tests to analyse parameters like
pH, dissolved oxygen, turbidity, and nutrient levels using field kits or laboratory
equipment. Interpret the results to assess water quality and identify potential sources
of pollution. (Report submission).
2 Soil Health Assessment: Collect soil samples from different locations, including
agricultural fields, forests, and urban areas. Conduct tests to analyze soil pH, organic
matter content, nutrient levels, and microbial activity. Evaluate soil health indicators
and discuss the implications for ecosystem functioning and land management
practices. (Report submission).
4 Air Quality Monitoring: Set up air quality monitoring stations in urban or industrial
areas/Record already installed devices to measure pollutants such as particulate
matter, nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide, and volatile organic compounds. Use portable
monitoring devices or stationary instruments to collect data on air pollutant
concentrations. Analyze the data to evaluate air quality trends and assess the potential
health risks to human and ecological communities. (Report submission).
250
7 Community Engagement and Outreach: Organise community engagement
activities such as workshops/field days/citizen science projects to raise awareness
about environmental issues and involve local/residents in monitoring and restoration
efforts. Encourage community participation in data collection, restoration activities,
and decision-making processes to foster a sense of stewardship and ownership of
natural resources. (Report submission).
References
1. Bartram, J. and Ballance R. (2017). Water Quality Monitoring: A Practical Guide to
the Design and Implementation of Freshwater Quality Studies and Monitoring
Programs. CRC Press.
2. David M. Nielsen (2005). Practical Handbook of Environmental Site Characterization
and Ground-Water Monitoring. CRC Press.
3. Eaton E. and M.A.H. Franson (2005). Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
& Wastewater. American Public Health Association 37.
4. Kareiva P. and Marvier M. (2020). Conservation Science: Balancing the Needs of
People and Nture. Roberts & Company.
5. Maria Csuros and Robert W. Crawford (2017). Environmental Monitoring and
Analysis. CRC Press.
6. Miguel F. Acevedo (2015). Real-Time Environmental Monitoring: Sensors and
Systems. CRC Press.
7. Peterson G. D. Cumming G. S. and Carpenter S. R. (Eds.). (2021). Scenario Planning
for Conservation and Management. Springer.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
251
projects and to develop communication and negotiation
skills.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
252
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
P P P
PS PS PS PS S S S
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O O O
5 6 7
CO 1 2 1 - - - - - 1 - - - - 2 - -
CO 2 2 3 - - - 2 - 2 1 - - - 2 - -
CO 3 1 3 - - - 2 - 1 2 1 - - 1 2 -
CO 4 2 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 2 - -
CO 5 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 - 2 - 2 - -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Suggestive Assignment topics (Any two):
1. Evaluate the role of citizen science in environmental monitoring and restoration efforts.
2. Community-based approaches to ecosystem restoration: Lessons from local initiatives.
3. The role of indigenous knowledge in environmental monitoring and ecosystem
restoration.
4. Restoring degraded coral reefs: Challenges and innovations in marine ecosystem
restoration.
5. Restoring wetland ecosystems: Strategies and success stories
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of a field report
253
5. Tests
6. PowerPoint presentation
7. Poster presentation
8. Quiz/Debate/Discussion
CO 1 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓
254
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5SECZOO301
Course Title Vermiculture and Vermicomposting
Type of Course SEC
Semester V
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass of Class XII
Course The course on vermiculture provides an understanding of essential skills
Summary required for proficient vermicomposting and efficient vermiculture
management. It covers the scope of vermiculture and species of worms
suitable for vermiculture, including indigenous and exotic species. This
course provides students with essential skills such as identifying suitable
worm species, understanding earthworm morphology and life cycles,
mastering vermicompost production techniques, byproducts of
vermiculture, managing pests and pathogens effectively, and overcoming
challenges in vermiculture management. These skills empower students to
contribute to sustainable waste management, soil enrichment, and
agricultural productivity enhancement through advanced vermiculture
technologies.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 30
hrs
I Introduction to Vermiculture 5
1.1 Definition, Scope of Vermiculture 1
1.2 Ecological distribution of earthworms: Epigeic, endogeic and anecic, 4
Indigenous and exotic species suitable for vermicomposting (Eudrilus
eugeniae/Eisenia fetida/Perionyx excavatus/ Lampito mauritii).
II Morphology of Earthworms 5
255
2.1 Morphological features-Segmentation, Clitellum, Genital aperture and 2
Setae.
2.2 Brief description of life cycle of Earthworm 1
2.3 Identification of Vermi-composting species. 2
III Economic Importance of Vermiculture 6
3.1 Advantages of Vermicomposting, Vermicompost profile and applied 3
aspects: Physical, Chemical and Biological properties of
Vermicompost.
3.2 Vermiwash, Vermicompost teas, Vermin, Vermi-remediation and 3
Waste disposal.
IV Vermicompost Technology 10
4.1 Methodology of vermicomposting systems: Small scale earthworm 6
farming for home gardens; Large scale farming (Pit, brick and heap
systems, Kadapa slab method). Containers for culturing, raw materials,
environmental pre-requisites.
4.2 Feeding, harvesting, and storage of vermicompost. 4
V Management of Vermiculture 4
5.1 Natural enemies of earthworms (Predators and Pathogens). 2
5.2 Management, Maintenance and Challenges in Vermiculture 1
5.3 Training institutes (Kerala Agricultural University, Institute for 1
Industrial Development) and Funding agencies (NABARD, State
Horticulture Mission Kerala).
References
256
9. Mary Appelhof (1982) Worms eat my Garbage, First edition, Flower press, pp100.
ISBN 9780942256031.
10. Sathe,T.V (2022) Vermiculture and Organic farming, Daya Publishing House,
9788170353287.
Web resources
1. https://www.in.gov/idem/health/greening-our-backyards/composting/worm-
composting/
2. https://www.ijcmas.com/abstractview.php?ID=23101&vol=11-9-2022&SNo=22
3. https://kau.in/ml/node/12561
4. https://businesswales.gov.wales/farmingconnect/vermicomposting
5. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/earth-and-planetary-sciences/vermicomposting
Sl. No Contents
4 Study the effects of vermicompost and vermiwash on any two short duration crop plants.
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
257
productivity enhancement through advanced
vermiculture technologies.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Vermiculture and Vermicomposting
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cogn Knowledg Lecture Practical
No. itive e (L)/Tutorial (P)
Level Category (T)
258
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO PO4 PO5 PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 6 7 8
CO 1 1 - 2- - - - - 1` - - - - - - -
CO 2 - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - - - -
CO 3 - - - - 1 - - - - - - - 1 - -
CO 4 - - - - - 1 - - - 1 - - 2 - -
CO 5 - - - - - 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
259
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very short answer Questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type Questions
5. Practical examination
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
260
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester VI
4
3 hours - 2 hours 5
This course offers a detailed exploration of cellular and molecular biology, covering
cell structure, function, and regulation. Students learn about prokaryotic and
Course Summary eukaryotic cells, organelles, and cell communication pathways. Molecular biology
topics include nucleic acids, DNA replication, gene expression, and regulation
mechanisms. Through lectures and labs, students gain skills for careers in biology
and biotechnology, preparing them for various opportunities in healthcare and
pharmaceuticals.
Detailed Syllabus
261
1.3 Endomembrane Systems: Brief account of structure and 2
functions of endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, Lysosome,
and Vacuoles.
Cellular Processes 5
262
suppressor genes, Cell signalling in cancer, Cancer treatments, and 3
Targeted drug delivery.
Molecular Biology
Nucleic Acids 9
References
1. Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E. (2016). The Cell: A Molecular Approach. 6th edition.
ISBN: 978-0-87893-964-0.
263
2. De Robertis, E.D.P. and De Robertis, E.M.F. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. VIII
- Edition. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia. ISBN: 0781734932,
9780781734936.
3. Geoffrey M. Cooper. (2000). The Cell 2nd edition. ASM Press & Sunderland,
Washington, D.C. Sinauer Associates, MA. ISBN: 10:0-87893-106-6
4. Gerald Karp (2010). Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. 6th
edition. John Wiley & Sons. Inc. ISBN: 1118206738, 9781118206737.
5. Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Paul Matsudaira, Chris A. Kaiser, Monty Krieger,
Matthew P. Scott, Lawrence Zipursky, and James Darnell (2016). Molecular Cell
Biology. Publisher: W. H. Freeman, ISBN: 0716743663, 9780716743668.
6. Renu Gupta, Seema Makhija, and Ravi Toteja (2018). Cell Biology Practical Manual.
Prestige Publishers.ISBN : 8193651219, 978-8193651216.
7. Watson, J. D., Baker, T. A., Bell, S. P., Gann, A., Levine, M., & Losick, R. (2014).
Molecular Biology of the Gene (7th ed.). Pearson. ISBN : 13: 978-0-321-76243-6, 10:
0-321-76243-6.
Suggestive Reading:
1. Alberts, B., Bray, D., Hopkin, K., Johnson, A. D., Lewis, J., Raff, M., Roberts, K., and
Walter, P. (2013). Essential Cell Biology (4th ed.). Garland Science.
2. Alberts, B., Johnson, A., Lewis, J., Morgan, D., Raff, M., Roberts, K., & Walter, P.
(2002). Molecular Biology of the Cell (4th ed.). Garland Science.
3. Bruce Albert, Bray Dennis. Levis Julian, Raff Martin, Roberts Keith and Watson James
(2008). Molecular Biology of the Cell, V Edition, Garland Publishing Inc., New York
and London.
4. Geoffrey M. Cooper, and Robert E. Hausman.(2013). The Cell: A Molecular Approach.
Publisher: Sinauer Associates, ISBN: 0878932194, 9780878932191.
5. Gohse K. C. and B. Manna. Practical Zoology. New Central Book Agency. ISBN:
788173819506, 9788173819506.
6. Gupta, P. K. (2009). Cell and Molecular Biology, Rastogi Publications, Meerut.ISBN:
144166906X, 9781441669063.
7. Hartwell, L., Goldberg, M. L., Fischer, J. A., and Hood, L. (2018). Genetics: From
Genes to Genomes (6th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
8. Jayanta Sinha, Arun Kumar, Chatterjee and Piyali Chattopadhyay. Advanced Practical
Zoology. Books and Applied (P)Ltd. ISBN: 978-81-87134-42-8.
9. Jocelyn E. Krebs, Stephen T. Kilpatrick, and Elliott S. Goldstein (2013). Lewins Genes
XI. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
10. Lewin B. (2008). Gene XI. Jones and Bartlett.
11. Pollard, T. D., Earnshaw, W. C. and Lippincott-Schwartz, J. (2017). Cell Biology.
Elsevier.
12. Rastogi. S. C. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. New Age International, ISBN.
8122412882, 9788122412888.
Web Resources:
1. Computer-Aided Drug Design Virtual Lab: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=277
2. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in
264
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. Contents
No.
Cell Biology
6 Preparation of a temporary slide of onion root tip to study various stages of mitosis
(Major practical).
Molecular Biology
265
4 Lac operon and Trp operon (Use Pictures, Spotters).
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to Level addressed
CO1 Gain an understanding and analysis of the structure U, An, Ap PSO-1, 2, 3,4
and function of cellular components.
CO3 Understand the mechanism of cell signalling and the U, An PSO-1, 2, 3,4
basics of cancer biology and ageing processes.
CO5 Attain basic laboratory skills in the usage of dissection U, Ap, An PSO -5,6
and compound microscopes and identification of cells
during cell division.
266
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
1 Gain an PO 1, 4, 6/ R, U, U L P
understanding and PSO-1, 2, 3,4 Ap
analysis of the
structure and function
of cellular
components.
3 Understand the PO 1, 2, 5, U, An P, M L -
mechanism of cell 6/ PSO-1, 2,
signalling and the 3, 4
basics of cancer
biology and ageing
processes.
4 Gain an PO 1, 5, 6 U, Ap, C L P
understanding of the /PSO-1, 3, 4 An
molecular
composition of
nucleic acids and
mechanisms
underlying gene
expression and gene
regulation
267
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 1 1 2 - - - 1 - - 1 - 2 - -
CO 1
- 1 - 2 - - - 1 - - 1 1 2 - -
CO 2
1 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 - - 1 2 - -
CO 3
1 - 1 1 - - - 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO 4
- - - - 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO 5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
268
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
269
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester VI
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Course Summary The Genetics and Biotechnology course covers a wide range of topics,
including Mendel's experiments, gene interactions, chromosome
mapping, and genetic engineering. It explores applications in various
fields such as industry, medicine, and agriculture. Through lectures, labs,
and activities, students develop a deep understanding of genetic principles
and biotechnological applications. Emphasis is placed on critical thinking
and ethical decision-making skills necessary for navigating the complex
field of genetic science and biotechnology.
Detailed Syllabus
270
Chromosome mapping, Pedigree Analysis (Brief account only).
2.2 Sex-linked, Sex-limited, and Sex-influenced inheritance in animals. 1
271
5.3 Advanced methods in sex determination: Usage of amelogenin gene in 3
forensics, PCR-based Sex determination in birds (Brief account only).
References:
Genetics:
1. Benjamin Lewin (2004). Genes VIII. Oxford University Press, N.Y.
2. Brown, T. A. (1995). Gene cloning. Chapman and Hall, London.
3. Daniel J. Fairbanks and W. Ralph Brooks. (1999) Genetics – principles and analysis.
Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Massachusetts.
4. Snustad D.P. (2019). Principles of Genetics, John Wiley, USA. 7th edition.
Biotechnology:
1. Kingsman, S.M. and A.J. Kingsman. (1988). Genetic Engineering. Blackwell Scientific
Publications, London.
2. Nair A.J (2007). Introduction to Genetic Engineering & Biotechnology. Jones &
Bartlett Publishers, Boston, USA.
3. Peter Sudbery (2002). Human Molecular Genetics. Prentice-Hall.
4. Singh, B. D. (2002). Biotechnology, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
Suggestive Reading
Genetics:
1. Benjamin A. Pierce (2017). Genetics: A Conceptual Approach. WH Freeman; 6th ed.
2. William S. Klug, Michael R. Cummings, Charlotte A. Spencer, Michael A. Palladino,
and Darrell Killian (2019). Concepts of Genetics. Pearson Education; Eleventh edition.
3. Robert J. Brooker (1999). Genetics- Analysis and principles. Addison-Wesley, Menlo
Park, California.
4. Shukla R.S and P.S. Chandel (2007). Cytogenetics, Evolution and Biostatistics. S.
Chand & Company Limited.
5. Vijayakumaran Nair, K. & Jayaprakash, M. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology.
Academica, TVM.
6. Verma, P. S. and Agarwal V.K. (2004). Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology:
Evolution and Ecology. India: S. Chand Limited.
7. Strachan, I. and Read (1999). Human molecular genetics. John Wiley and Sons, New
York.
8. Bernard R. Glick and Jack J. Pasternak (2003). Molecular biology. ASM Press.
9. George M. Malasinski and David Freifelder (1988). Essentials of Molecular Biology.
Jones and Bartlett Publishers, London.
Biotechnology:
1. Joseph Sambrook and Michael R. Green (2012). Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory
Manual. CSHL Press, New York. (2001).
2. Primrose S.B. (2001). Molecular Biotechnology. Panima Publishing Corporation.
3. Chatterjee, A.K. (2007). Environmental Biotechnology (2nd Ed.) Prentice Hall.
4. Nair A.J. (2004). Basics of Biotechnology. Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
5. Kumar H.D. Modern concept of Biotechnology. Vikas Publishing House, Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
6. Magnus Lundgren, Emmanuelle Charpentier, and Peter C. Fineran (2016.) CRISPR:
Methods and Protocols.
Web resources:
1. Bird sexing PCR protocols https://bento.bio/protocol/bird-sexing/bird-sexing-pcr/
272
2. CRISPR/Cas9 for targeted genome editing-
https://www.yourgenome.org/theme/what-is-crispr-cas9/
3. Sex determination by amplification of amelogenin gene PMID: 30127199, DOI:
10.4103/ijdr.IJDR_274_17
4. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in
Practicum: (30 hrs)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
Sl. No. Contents
Genetics (Minimum three)
3 Study of barr body and its significance (in stained buccal epithelial cells).
273
11 Make a poster on steps in RT-PCR for COVID-19 diagnosis (Group activity).
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
274
CO-3 Comprehend basic tools and PO6/ U C L -
techniques used in rDNA technology PSO5
and their specialized screening
methods.
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- - - - 3 - - - - - - - 2 - 1
CO 1
2 - - - 2 1 - - - - - - 2 - 1
CO 2
- - - - 3 - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO 3
- - - - 2 - - - - - - - 2 1 1
CO 4
- - - - 3 - - - - - - - 2 1 1
CO 5
- - - - 1 3 - - 1 - - 2 3 1 1
CO 6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
275
Level Correlation
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Suggestive Assignments (Any two)
1. The role of Mendel's experiments in shaping modern genetics
2. Applications of genetic engineering in medicine: Current advances and
prospects
3. CRISPR-Cas9: Revolutionizing genome editing
4. Gene therapy: Promises and challenges
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Industrial/Field Visit Reports
4. Submission of Activity Reports
5. Tests
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examinations
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester
Evaluation Examinations
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ - -
CO 6 ✓ - - ✓
276
University of Kerala
Discipline Zoology
Semester Vl
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Course Summary This undergraduate course provides an in-depth examination of the molecular
mechanisms underlying biological processes, focusing on the structure, function, and
regulation of biomolecules such as proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, Graduates will
be able to integrate biochemistry concepts with zoological principles to elucidate
physiological processes, evolutionary adaptations, and ecological interactions in
animal systems. to equip graduates with the knowledge, skills, and attributes needed to
pursue diverse career paths in biochemistry, research, healthcare, biotechnology,
pharmaceuticals, academia, and beyond, while also preparing them for further study at
the postgraduate level.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Biochemistry 3
277
Proteins: Structure, classification of amino acids and protein, structure levels of 6
proteins, Primary, Secondary (α-helix, sheet, random coil, Ramachandran plot),
Tertiary and Quaternary structures of proteins., haemoglobin as atypical protein,
Denaturation, Renaturation and biological functions of proteins
Lipids: classification- simple lipids, (neutral fats and waxes), conjugated lipids 5
(phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, lecithin, cephalins, cerebrosides,
gangliosides), derived lipids (fatty acids, steroids, prostaglandins), biological
functions of lipids
References
1. Berg, Jeremy M, et al., Biochemistry 5thed, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York,
2002.
2. David W. Martin, Jr., Peter A. Mayes, Victor W. Rodwell, Harper's review of
biochemistry, Lange Medical Publications,1983.
3. Eric E Conn; Paul K Stumpf; George Bruening, Outlines of Biochemistry, John Wiley
& Sons, 1987.
4. Hames, B .D.; Higgins, Instant notes Biochemistry, N .M., Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2001.
5. Lehninger, Albert L, et al., Principles of biochemistry, W H Freeman & Co., New
York.2000.
6. Ochs, Raymond S., Biochemistry, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, London, 2013.
278
7. Rafelson, Max E, et al., Basic biochemistry, Macmillan College publishing Co., New
York, 1980.
8. Singh, S P, Practical manual of biochemistry/ 5th ed., CBS Publishers & Distributors,
New Delhi.2014.
9. Stryer Lubert, Biochemistry,W H Freeman & Co., New York, 1995.
10. Textbook of biochemistry, Harrow, Benjamin& Mazur, Abraham, W B Saunders Co.,
Philadelphia, 1962.
11. Van Holde, Kensal E, et al., Principles of biochemistry, Pearson Education, New Jersey,
2006.
12. Voet, Donald, et al., Fundamentals of biochemistry, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New
York, 2002.
13. Wilson, Keith and Walker, John, 5th ed., Practical biochemistry: Principles and
techniques, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
14. Zubay, Geoffrey L, et al., Principles of biochemistry, Wm C Brown Publishers, 1995
Web Resources
▪ https//bio.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Biochemistry/Book:_Biochem
▪ https://global.oup.com/uk/orc/biosciences/biochem/
▪ https//Hemy.org/science/biology/biochemistryttps://www.khanacad
Sl No. Contents
Measurement of pH of different samples (acidic, basic and neutral) using pH
1. meter pH paper.
279
References
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
280
CO5 1.Understand the various mechanisms of enzyme R,U.E, PSO-4,
regulation, including allosteric regulation, covalent PSO-5
modification, and enzyme inhibition.
2. Evaluate the roles of enzymes in biological
processes such as metabolism, signal transduction,
and gene expression.
CO6 Develop essential laboratory skills in biochemistry An PSO-6
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
281
3. Assess the impact of protein and lipid
metabolism on overall health and disease
states.
PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO 1 - - - - 2 - - - - - - 1 - -
CO 2 - - - 1 3 - - - - - - 2 - -
CO 3 - - - 1 2 - - - - - - 1 - -
CO 4 - - - 1 2 - - - - - - 2 - -
CO 5 - - - 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - -
CO 6 - - - - - 3 1 - - - - 2 - -
282
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate: Debate on Junk Food: Myth or Truth
283
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics :
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓ ✓
284
University of Kerala
Discipline Zoology
Course Code UK6DSCZOO304
Course Title Nanobiology
Type of Course DSC
Semester VI
Academic Level 300-399
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course Summary This course provides a comprehensive overview of Nanobiology, covering key
topics such as the definition and significance of nanobiology, nanoscale
phenomena, and the interdisciplinary nature of nanoscience. It also includes
detailed discussions on the types of nanomaterials, their synthesis and
characterization techniques, and their applications in biology. Additionally, the
syllabus delves into biosensors and nanodevices, highlighting their principles,
types, and applications in nanobiology. Nanomedicine and drug delivery systems
are explored, emphasizing the advantages of nanocarriers and their applications
in drug delivery.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Introduction to Nanobiology 8
1.3• Learning from nature's nanostructures like DNA, protein and viruses, 2
interdisciplinary nature of nanoscience.
1.4 Advantages and disadvantages of nanomaterials compared to bulk materials. 2
285
2.3• Characterization techniques: Exploring various methods for analyzing and 3
measuring nanomaterials, including X-Ray Diffraction, Scanning Electron
Microscopy (SEM), Transmission electron Microscopy, and Spectroscopy (brief
account).
Biosensors and Nanodevices 7
4.1• Nanoscale drug delivery systems: Nanocarriers for targeted drug delivery, pros and 3
cons
IV
4.2 Design and development of nanocarriers: Exploring different types of nanocarriers 3
like polymers, liposomes, and hydrogels for drug delivery
4.3 Applications of nanomedicine: Drug delivery, cancer therapy, and gene therapy 4
using nanomaterials
Applications and toxicity of Nanomaterial 10
References
286
6. Rathi, Rakesh (2010). Nanotechnology (Technology Revolution of 21st Century). S
Chand & Company.
7. Kulkarni, Sulabha K. (2014). Nanotechnology: Principles and Practices, 3rd ed.
Springer Nature.
Suggested Reading:
1. Sonawane, A., & Sarkar, B. (Eds.) (2023). Biological Applications of Nanoparticles.
Springer Nature Singapore.
2. Khan, F.A. (Ed.) (2020). Applications of Nanomaterials in Human Health. Springer
Nature Singapore.
Web Resources:
1. Nanoscience Classroom Resources (https://www.nsf.gov/news/classroom/nano.jsp)
2. Understanding Nano (https://www.understandingnano.com/resources.html)
3. NanoHub (https://nanohub.org/about/simulate)
4. Science, Technology, & Nanotechnology
https://libguides.adelphi.edu/c.php?g=322528&p=2160655)
Practicum: (30 hrs)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
Sl. No. Contents (Any two major, Any two minor and spotters)
6 Evaluating the antioxidant properties of silver, copper, and zinc nanoparticles by using
DPPH assay (Minor practical).
7 Exploring the Relationship Between Particle Size and Surface Area of Zinc Hydroxide
(Minor practical).
287
References
Web Resources:
1. Inspirational chemistry: Nanotechnology.
(https://edu.rsc.org/resources/nanotechnology/1933.article)
2. Teach Engineering
(https://www.teachengineering.org/lessons/view/uoh_nano_lesson02)
3. Nanotechnology in schools
(https://www.scienceinschool.org/article/2008/nanotechnology/)
4. Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Information Resources
(https://libguides.lib.msu.edu/c.php?g=411870&p=3183814)
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be able to Cognitive PSO
addressed
Level
288
experiments in Nanobiology.
289
CO-5 Develop essential skills in PO- U, Ap C, P L P
performing laboratory experiments 1,2,3,7,
in Nanobiology. PSO-5,
6
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO 1 - - - - 2 - - 1 - - - - 2 - -
CO 2 - - - - 2 - - 1 1 - - - 2 - -
CO 3 - - - 1 2 - - 1 1 - - - 2 - -
CO 4 - - - - 3 - - 1 2 - - - 2 - -
CO 5 - - - - 3 2 - 1 1 1 - - 2 2 -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly/Low
2 Moderate/Medium
3 Substantial/High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments (Any 2)
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of a field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
290
End Semester Evaluation
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ - - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ - ✓ ✓
291
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK6DSEZOO301
Course Title Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology
Type of Course DSE
Semester VI
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course The course on Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology provides the
Summary students a better understanding on animal behaviour in various
circumstances. In addition, the important biological cycles can also be
referred. Field oriented activities of this course will help the student a
better understanding of animal and its interaction with environment.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Animal Behaviour 5
1.1 Definition; Importance of studying animal behaviour 1
1.2 Ethology - Origin and history (Brief description); Ethologists: Karl Von 4
Frisch, Ivan Pavlov, Konrad Lorenz, Nikolaas Tinbergen
II Animal Behaviour Patterns 5
2.1 Types of Behaviour – Stereotyped behaviours (Orientation, Reflexes);
Individual behavioural patterns; Instinct vs learned behaviour,
5
Associative learning – classical, operant conditioning.
292
Habituation and imprinting.
References
293
10. Sukla. A. 2010. Text Book of Chronobiology. Discovery Publishing House. 210p.
11. Willard. L. K and Robert. B. S. 2006. Introducing Biological Rhythms: A Primer on
the Temporal Organization of Life, With Implications for Health, Society,
Reproduction and the Natural Environment. Springer. 656p.
Web resources
1. https://guides.library.yale.edu/animalbehavior
2. https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780123725813/animal-behavior
3. https://animalbehaviour.live/
4. https://ccb.ucsd.edu/the-bioclock-studio/education-resources/basics/index.html
5. https://cerebromente.org.br/n04/mente/recritmos_i.htm
6. https://ccb.ucsd.edu/the-bioclock-studio/education-resources/index.html
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. Contents
No
1 Plotting ethogram of animals – photographs/diagram (Any two animal)
OR
Birds call identification and listing (mobile apps Eg: Kili and others)
2 Observation and documentation of social behaviour of insects (Honey
bee/ants/termites)
OR
Courtship behaviour observation in Siamese fighting fish (Betta splendens)
3 Zoological Garden visit, monitoring animal behaviour (Eg: Primates) and
documenting (submission of brief report with photographs).
5 Courtship behaviour observation of live bearer fishes and its documentation (short
videos/Observation)
OR
Observation and report submission of ant’s nest building
References
1. Gundevia H S and Govind Singh H (2009) A Textbook of Animal Behaviour, S
Chand and Company.
2. Shukla J P (2010) Fundamentals of Animal Behaviour, Atlantic Publishers.
3. Svorc P (2019) Chronobiology: The Science of biological time structure, IntechOpen
Publishers.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
294
resources conservationists
295
3 Understand and PO 1/ U, C F L P
identify the PO 2/
importance of PSO-1,2
biological
rhythms in
animal life
4 Relate the PO 1/ U, A, Ap C, F L P
importance of PSO-1,2
animal
behaviour and
biological
rhythms to
analyse the
social behaviour
responses.
5 Summarise the PO 1/ A, E, Ap C, F L P
biological clock PO 2/
importance and PO 3/
interpret the PSO-1,2
measures to
conserve the
habitat for the
sustainability of
animals for
achieving these
for its existence
296
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PSO PSO2 PSO3 PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO PO6 PO7 PO8
1 4 5 6 5
CO 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1
CO 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
2
CO 3 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - -
3
CO 1 2 - - - - 1 2 - - - - - -
4
CO 2 1 - - - - 3 2 1 - - - - -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment /Seminar topics
1. Animal behavioural types
2. Animal behaviour in relation to environmental changes
3. Animal migration
4. Biological clock
5. Biological rhythms
6. Brief account of famous Ethologists
7. Social organisation in Invertebrates and Vertebrates (Any one example each).
8. Parental care in Vertebrates
9. Reproductive behaviour in animals
297
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/ Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
298
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester VI
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
299
II Curing ( Drying, Salting, Smoking, chilling, freezing marinating and canning ) -
principle and various methods (Brief account)
2.1
Freeze drying (Mention - Accelerated freeze drying and applications),
Precautions in fish drying. 6
3.1 Fish meal, Fish liver oil and Fish body oil, Fish Protein Concentrate, Fish
hydrolysates, Fish meat, Fish silage, Fish maws, Shark leather, Fish manure
and guano, Fish glue, Fish gelatin, Isinglass, Fish fins, Fish roe, Fish caviar
and Pearl essence. 6
300
References:
1.Bremmer, H.A. 2002. Safety and Quality Issues in Fish Processing. Woodhead Publ.
Ltd., England.
2. Curting, C.L. 1999. Processing and Preservation. Agro Botanical Publ., Bikaner, India.
3. Gopakumar, K. 2002. Textbook of Fish Processing Technology. Indian Council of
Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
4. Hall, G.M.1992 Fish Processing Technology. Chapman & Hall India, Madras, India.
5. ICAR 2006. Handbook of Fisheries and Aquaculture. Directorate of Information and
Publication of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi.
6. Kulikov, P.I. 1978. Preparation of Meal, Oil and Protein-Vitamin Preparations in the
Fishing Industry. Amerind Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
7. Long, A.C. 2008. Fish Processing Technology. Cybertech Publ., New Delhi.
8. Moorjani, M.N. 1984. Fish Processing in India. Publ. Infor. Div., ICAR, New Delhi.
9. Murano, P.S. 2003. Understanding Food Science and Technology.
Wordsworth/Thomson Learning, Belmont, USA.
10. Ninawe, A.S. & K. Rathnakumar 2008. Fish Processing Technology and Product
Development. Narendra Publ. Hse, New Delhi.
11. Novikov, V.M. 1983. Handbook of Fishery Technology. Vol. 4. Amerind Publ. Co. Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi.
12. Pearson, A.M. & T.R. Dutson 1999. HACCP in Meat, Poultry and Fish Processing. In,
Advances in Meat Research Series, Vol.10. Aspen Publication, Maryland.
13. Sen, D.P. 2005. Advances in Fish Processing Technology. Allied Publ. Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.
14. Stansby, M.E. 1963. Industrial Fishery Technology. Reinhold Publ. Co., NY.
15. Windsor, M. & S. Barlow 1981. Introduction to Fishery By-products. Fishing News
Books Ltd, Surrey, England.
16. Wheaton, F. W. and Lawson, T. B., 1985. Processing Aquatic Products.
Web Resources:
▪ https://mpeda.gov.in/
▪ https://www.cift.res.in/
▪ https://www.nifphatt.gov.in/
▪ https://www.eicindia.gov.in/
▪ HACCP Principles & Application Guidelines | FDA
▪ e-Krishi Shiksha (iasri.res.in)
▪ https://www.fao.org/flw-in-fish-value-chains/value-chain/processing-storage/en/
▪ https://www.bis.gov.in/
▪ https://krishi.icar.gov.in/
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl .No. Contents
1 Preparation and submission of salted fish/ dried fish / smoked fish by different
methods.
301
2 Visits to fish processing plant /fish landing centre & submission of study report
with photographs
3. Preparation of novel value added products
4 Evaluation of freshness of fish
5. Visits to fish by products preparation places /industry/ firms/ research
institutes etc. & Submission of study report
6. Attend on job training programme on fish processing and preservation
References:
1. Balachandran KK. (2001). Post-harvest Technology of Fish and Fish Products.
Daya Publ. House.
2.Gopakumar K. (2002 ). Text Book of Fish Processing Technology. ICAR.
3. Ninawe, A.S. & K. Rathnakumar (2008). Fish Processing Technology and Product
Development. Narendra Publ. Hse, New Delhi.
4.Nalan Gokoglu and Pinar Yerlikaya.( 2015). Seafood Chilling, Refrigeration and Freezing:
Science and Technology, John Wiley and Sons (Chichester)
5. Sen D.P. (2005). Advances in Fish Processing Technology. Allied Publ.
6. Venugopal V. 2006. Seafood Processing. Taylor and Francis.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO3 Understands techniques of preparation and uses of fish AP, An, E 4,5
byproducts for commercial gain.
CO4 Gain knowledge on the principles and significance of AP, An, E 4,5
value addition to fish and fishery products and familiarize
with fish packaging materials and containers.
302
Name of the Course: Fisheries Science IV- Fish Processing Technologies
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
303
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
1
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
2
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
3
CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
4
CO - - - 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
I. Assignment /Seminar topics
1. Post mortem changes (rigor mortis and spoilage) in fishes
2. Use of chemical preservatives in preservation
3. Preparation and uses of fish meal
4. Uses and types of seaweeds
5. Preparation and uses of Marinated and fermented fish products
Field activities
1. Visit to harbours/ landing centres to collect and submission of commercially important
finfishes and shellfishes
304
2.Attend on job training programme on fish preservation and processing
Continuous comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignment/ Quiz/ Discussion / Seminar
2. Submission of specimen collection report
3. Submission of Field report
End semester Evaluation
1. Very short answer questions
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics :
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
305
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK6DSEZOO303
Course Title Entomology IV: Forensic Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester VI
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides an introduction to the fascinating field of Forensic
Summary Entomology, covering its historical development and the pivotal role
insects play in forensic investigations. Key topics include: Forensically
Important Insects – highlighting their significance in forensic science, Life
Cycles & Reproduction of forensically important insects, Techniques for
collecting and preserving forensically important insects, Role of aquatic
insects in forensic investigations, Post-Mortem Interval (PMI) Estimation,
Analysis & Case Studies in Forensic Entomology, Ethical & Professional
Considerations and Career & Research Opportunities in Forensic
Entomology.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Introduction to Forensic Entomology 5
306
1.2 History and development of Forensic Entomology 1
307
4.4 Famous Forensic Entomology case–The Ruxton Case 2
Related activities:
1. Debate on pros and cons of using forensic entomology in criminal
investigation.
2.Case Studies – Forensic Entomology used in India for Crime
investigation.
Ethical and Professional Issues; Career Prospects of Forensic Entomology 8
Related activities:
1. Write a report and have group discussion on – Scope of Forensic
Entomology
2.Organize a one hour career guidance class on – Scope of Forensic
Science and Forensic Entomology.
References:
1. Byrd, J.H., and J.L. Castner. (2010). Forensic Entomology: The Utility of Arthropods
in Legal Investigations. CRC Press
2. Dorothy Gennard (2012). Forensic Entomology: An Introduction (2nd Ed.). Wiley-
Blackwell
3. Rivers, D.B. and Dahlem, G.A. (2014). The Science of Forensic Entomology. Wiley-
Blackwell, UK.
4. Amendt, J., Campobasso, C.P., Goff, M.L., and M. Grassberger. (2010) Current
Concepts in Forensic Entomology. Springer.
5. Goff, M. Lee. (2000). A Fly for the Prosecution:how insect evidence helps solve crimes.
Harvard University Press, London.
308
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
309
processes
310
applications in
criminal
investigations.
PSO PSO PSO PSO PS PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO
1 2 3 4 O5 6 7 8 7 8
CO 2 2 - - - - 3 - - 1 - - - --
1
CO 2 3 - - - - 3 -- 2 - - - -
2
CO 2 2 - - - - 3 - 1 - - - 2
3
CO - - - 2 - 3 3 - - - 1 2 2 - -
4
CO - - - - - - 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 2
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
311
6. Chemical attraction and Communication in Forensically Important Insects.
7. Entomological Alteration of Blood stain Evidence.
8. Role of Forensic Entomology in Differentiating Antemortem and Postmortem
Injuries.
9. Forensic Entomotoxicology: Role of Drugs and Toxins in Insect Development.
10. Insect Evidence in Forensic Archaeology.
11. Forensic Entomology – in the Indian Forensic Science.
12. Case Studies – Forensic Entomology used in India for Crime investigation.
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Collection of any two forensically important insects
4. Identification and description of any two forensically important insects.
5. Test
6. Quiz
7. Debate on pros and cons of using forensic entomology in criminal investigation.
CO 1 - ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 - ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 - - ✓ ✓
CO 4 - - - ✓
CO 5 - ✓ ✓ ✓
312
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester VI
4 4 hours - - 4
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
Introduction to Green Technology 3
1.1 Introduction to Green Technologies: Concept of green technology. A brief 1
I account of the multidisciplinary approach.
1.2 Role of Green Technology: Role in environmental sustainability and mitigating 2
climate change. Brief description of the future of green technology.
Renewable Energy 21
2.1 Renewable Energy: Definition. Role in addressing climate change. Mention 2
sources of renewable energy (Renewable energy sources, including solar, wind,
hydroelectric, geothermal, and biomass energy).
2.2 Solar Energy Technology: Concept of solar energy generation, including 3
II photovoltaic (PV) systems, concentrating solar power (CSP), solar thermal
collectors, and their applications in residential, commercial, and industrial
settings.
2.3 Wind Energy Systems: Wind turbine technology, wind farm design, wind 3
resource assessment, and the integration of wind power into electricity grids.
Advantages and challenges associated with wind energy.
313
2.4 Hydropower Generation: Concept of hydropower generation. Conventional 3
hydroelectric dams, run-of-river hydro, and pumped storage hydro. Role in
providing reliable and renewable electricity.
2.5 Geothermal Energy: Definition. Geothermal energy extraction methods 3
(hydrothermal systems, enhanced geothermal systems (EGS), and geothermal
heat pumps). Applications for heating, cooling, and electricity generation.
2.6 Biomass and Bioenergy: Use of biomass resources - Wood, agricultural 3
residues, and organic waste, bioenergy production through processes like
combustion, gasification, and anaerobic digestion. Contribution to renewable
energy production and waste management.
Related activity: Quiz competition can be adapted for mode of learning,
Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a quiz team.
2.7 Emerging Green Technologies and Policies: Enhanced geothermal systems 4
(EGS), Green hydrogen and Marine energy. Policies and Organisations - Brief
account on the Energy policy of India, International Renewable Energy Agency
(IRENA), and Sustainable Energy for All (SEforALL).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentations by students can be adapted
for learning experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
Energy Efficiency, Energy Auditing and Sustainable Transportation 18
3.1 Energy Efficiency: Concept of reducing energy consumption and minimizing 4
waste. Brief account on building design and construction, energy-efficient
appliances and equipment, smart grids, and energy management systems.
Related activity: Poster presentation can be adapted for learning. Group
activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
3.2 Green Building and Infrastructure: Role in reducing energy consumption and 5
environmental footprint. Green building standards, materials, technologies, and
certification programs such as LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental
Design). Mention building energy efficiency strategies and measures for
improving energy efficiency in buildings (Passive design techniques, Energy-
efficient building materials, Building envelope improvements, and Smart
III building technologies).
3.3 Energy Audit: Concept of Energy Audit. Objectives of energy auditing 5
(Systematic evaluation of energy use, Identification of energy wastage, and
Recommendation of cost-effective measures to improve energy efficiency).
Energy Management Systems: A brief account of energy management systems
(ISO 50001). Types of Energy Audits: Walk-through audits, Preliminary audits,
Detailed audits, and Investment-grade audits. Steps in energy audit - Brief
accounts on Energy data collection and analysis- Energy efficiency measures:
Economic analysis. Mention energy audit tools and software.
Related activity: PowerPoint presentations by students can be adapted
for learning experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
3.4 Sustainable Transportation: Concept of sustainable transportation. Mention 4
the contribution of transportation to global greenhouse gas emissions.
Sustainable transportation solutions (Electric vehicles, Public transportation
systems, Bike-sharing programs, and Alternative fuels like biofuels and
hydrogen). A brief account of human health benefits of adopting sustainable
transportation methods.
Related activity: Debate can be adapted for learning.
IV Waste Management and Water Conservation 12
314
4.1 Waste Management and Recycling: Concept of sustainable waste 3
management. Strategies for reducing, recycling, and managing waste
(Composting, waste-to-energy technologies, and circular economy principles).
Mention extended producer Responsibility (EPR) and its role in sustainable
waste management.
Related activity: Quiz competition can be adapted for mode of learning,
Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a quiz team.
4.2 Water Conservation and Treatment: Concept of water conservation. A brief 2
account of sustainable treatment methods.
4.3 Technologies for Water Conservation: Technologies for conserving water 5
resources, improving water quality and treating wastewater. Water-efficient
appliances, Rainwater harvesting and Greywater recycling
Related activity: Awareness lecture and a Quiz competition for students
can be adapted, A Maximum of five students in a Quiz Team.
4.4 Advanced wastewater treatment methods 2
Related activity: Poster presentation can be adapted for learning. Group
activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
Sustainable Agriculture and Farming Practices 6
5.1 Sustainable Agriculture: Concept of sustainable agriculture. Mention the 2
contribution of agriculture to environmental degradation and human health.
V
5.3 Sustainable Farming Practices: Sustainable farming practices to mitigate 4
environmental degradation. Methods of sustainable farming (Organic farming,
Green aquaculture, Agroecology, Permaculture, Precision agriculture, and
technologies for soil conservation and water management).
Activity: PowerPoint presentations by students can be adapted for the
learning experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
References
1. Aravindan S.R. (2020). Green Technologies for Sustainable Water Management,
McGraw Hill Education.
2. Marrianne Fox (2016). Green technology. Syrawood Publishing House.
3. Sanjay Kumar Kar (2020). Advances in Green Energy Systems and Smart Grid: First
International Conference on Intelligent Manufacturing and Internet of Things and 5th
International Conference on Computing for Sustainable Energy and Environment,
CRC Press.
4. Soli J. Arceivala (2017). Green Technologies. McGraw Hill Education, First Edition.
Suggestive Readings:
1. Michael Hall (2012). Green Technologies in Food Production and Processing,
Routledge.
2. Nilesh J. Vasa (2021). Green Technology Applications for Enterprise and Academic
Innovation, CRC Press.
3. Yingxu Wang (2017). Green Computing: Large-Scale Energy Efficiency, Publisher:
Wiley.
Web resources:
▪ GreenBiz: https://www.greenbiz.com
▪ Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): https://www.epa.gov/green-technology
▪ United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP):
https://www.unep.org/greeneconomy
315
▪ National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL):
https://www.nrel.gov/research/green-technology.html
▪ Green Technology: https://www.greentechnologyinfo.com/
▪ Clean Energy Institute: https://www.cei.washington.edu/research/green-technologies/
▪ Sustainable Development Technology Canada (SDTC): https://www.sdtc.ca/en/
▪ Green Technology Forum: https://greentechforum.org/
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to addressed
Level
316
applications in addressing
environmental challenges.
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 2 - 2
CO 1
1 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 - 2
CO 2
1 2 - - - - 1 - 2 - - - 2 - 1
CO 3
317
1 2 - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 - 1
CO 4
1 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 2 - 2
CO 5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment topics (Any two)
1. Technological innovations in solar energy systems.
2. Community engagement strategies for promoting sustainable transportation practices.
3. Biomimicry: Learning from nature for sustainable design.
4. Urban planning for sustainable cities and communities.
5. Designing a comprehensive waste management plan for a residential community.
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Tests
4. PowerPoint presentation
5. Poster presentation
6. Quiz/Debate/Discussion
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
318
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
CO 1 ✓ - - ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓
CO 5 ✓ - - ✓
319
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK6SECZOO301
Course Title Ornamental Fish Production and Aquarium Management
Type of Course SEC
Semester VI
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course The present course will equip the student to gain practical skills and
Summary theoretical knowledge in ornamental fishkeeping, aquarium design and
maintenance, breeding techniques, disease management, and the
commercial aspects of the ornamental fish trade, preparing them for
careers in aquaculture, pet industry, and related fields. Students develop a
holistic understanding of maintaining healthy aquarium ecosystems,
breeding ornamental fishes responsibly, managing diseases, and engaging
in sustainable practices in the ornamental fish trade.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 30 hrs
Introduction to Ornamental fishes 9
1.1 Ornamental fishes- Scope and Importance, Major freshwater ornamental 4
fish species of India-Indigenous (Puntius filamentosus. The Denison Barb-
I
Sahyadria denisonii (Miss Kerala), Horabagrus brachysoma, and exotic
species- Guppy (Poecilia reticulata), Gold fish (Carassius auratus), Angel
fish (Pterophyllum spp.) (Brief account only).
320
1.2 Morphology of Ornamental fishes with special emphasis to sexual 2
dimorphism- Poecilia reticulata (Guppy), Siamese fighting fish (Betta
splendens), Sword tail (Xiphophorus hellerii).
1.3 2
Marine Ornamental Fishes- Blue damsel (Chrysiptera cyanea), Clown fish
(Amphiprion ocellaris), Sea horse (Syngnathus hippocampus), Porcupine
fish (Diodon hystrix). (Brief description)
1.4 Transgenic ornamental fishes- Examples; Glofish; benefits and risks, 1
(Brief account).
Setting up of a freshwater Aquarium 7
2.1 Introduction to aquarium; design and construction of a beginner’s 4
freshwater aquarium. Aquarium floor settings-type and size of pebbles,
gravels, granites; Aquarium accessories - aerator, diffuser, filters-
II (biological, chemical and mechanical), lighting, and feeding trays.
Common aquarium plants (Brief account only).
2.2 Aquarium system - Optimum water quality (temperature, pH, dissolved 3
carbon dioxide, ammonia, hardness and turbidity), for tropical aquarium
fish keeping. Maintenance and control of snails and algal growth.
Breeding, Rearing and Nutrition 7
3.1 Breeding and rearing of common freshwater ornamental fishes with 5
special reference to live bearers (Guppies and Mollies) and egg bearers
III
(Tetras and Barbs), induced breeding and brood stock management (Short
description).
3.3 Food and feeding in ornamental fishes. Different kinds of feeds- 2
formulated feed and live feed (Artemia, Infusoria)
Diseases of Ornamental Fishes and their control 4
IV 4.1 Common disease of ornamental aquarium fishes -viral, bacterial, fungal, 4
protozoan and parasitic -Two examples each with its symptom, treatment
and prophylaxis (brief account only).
Ornamental Fish Trade: Regulations and Challenges 3
5.1 Regulations in ornamental fish trade in India (CITES). Trade license 1
issuing authority (Indian Scenario). Green certification.
V
5.2 Funding and trade supporting organisations: MPEDA, CIFA, CIFRI, 2
NFDB, NBFGR, CMFRI, NABARD, CBD, CIBA, MATSYAFED,
KAVIL, FIRMA, Dept of Fisheries and other NGOs. (Brief description
only). Entrepreneurship in Ornamental fish culture.
321
References:
1. Ahilan B, Felix N and Santhanam R (2008). Text book of aquaculture. Daya Publishing
House, New Delhi.
2. Anshuman D Dholakia (2016) Ornamental Fish culture and Aquarium Management,
Astral, Daya Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Archana Sinha (2021) Breeding and culture of Freshwater Ornamental fishes, New
India Publishing Agency, Vikas Surya Plaza, New Delhi.
4. Biswas. S.P, Das J N, Sarkar U K and Lakra W.S (2007) Ornamental fishes of North
East India: An Atlas: NBFGR
5. Dey V.K.A (1997). A handbook on aquafarming ornamental fishes. MPEDA, Kochi.
Mother Teresa Women’s University, Kodaikanal – 624 101.
6. Dholakia, A D (2009) Ornamental fish Culture and Aquarium Management. Daya
Publishing House, Delhi, 313pp.
7. Jhingran, V G (1982) Fish and Fisheries of India. Hindustan Publishing Corporation,
New Delhi.
8. MPEDA -Living Jewels – A handbook on freshwater ornamental fish, (1990) CIBA
library, Chennai.
9. Mukherjee S N, Nanware S S and H S Jagtap (2018) Practical Manual of Pisciculture
and aquarium keeping, Daya Publishing House, New Delhi.
10. Mandal S C and Pandey P K(2022), Biology of Freshwater Ornamental Fishes of India,
Narendra Publishing House, New Delhi.
11. Santhanam, R. and A. Srinivasan (1994). A Manual of Marine Zooplankton. Oxford
and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
12. Swain SK, Sarangi N and Ayyappan S (2010). Ornamental fish farming. ICAR, New
Delhi.
Web resources
▪ https://www.aquariumcoop.com/blogs/aquarium/how-to-set-up-a-fish-tank
▪ ornamentalfish.org
▪ https://ccari.icar.gov.in/Technical%20Bulletin%20No.%2069.pdf
▪ http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/course/view.php?id=297
▪ https://www.ofish.org/
▪ https://krishijagran.com/agripedia/income-generation-by-ornamental-fish- culture/
▪ https://99businessideas.com/ornamental-fish-farming/
Sl. Contents
No.
Setting up of a freshwater aquarium - Design and construct a small home aquarium using
appropriate materials and equipment.
OR
Set up breeding tanks for livebearer species such as Guppies and Mollies and egg-laying
1. species like Tetras and Danios. Monitor water parameters and document breeding
behaviour. (Videos/ Images).
2. Culture of live feed- Infusorians/ Brine shrimp (Any one)
OR
Artificial feed formulation
3. Identification of common diseases and parasites of freshwater Ornamental fishes (Any two)
322
OR
Identification of aquarium accessories and its applications.
Visit to a recognised aquarium (Freshwater/Marine) Identify and describe any three
4. common aquarium plants suitable for different types of aquarium setups and submit a report
with geotagged photos.
OR
Visit to any Ornamental fish farm/hatchery and submit a report with geotagged photos.
6. Identify, classify and describe aquarium fishes with photos (any four).
OR
Study the morphology of different ornamental fish species by examining live specimens or
detailed images. Focus on identifying sexual dimorphism in species like Guppy, Betta
splendens, and Swordtail. Submit the report with photos.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
CO5 Equipped with the knowledge and skills necessary to An, E PSO2,
effectively breed, rear, and manage common PSO5
323
freshwater ornamental fishes, contributing to the
sustainability and diversity of the ornamental fish
industry.
324
tropical aquarium fish.
325
management, and responsible PSO5,
ownership practices, while PSO6
also gaining insights into
emerging trends and ethical
considerations within the
ornamental fish industry.
PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO P PO PO PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
1 2 3 4 5 6 O1 2 3
CO 1 3 - 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO 2 - - - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO 3 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO 4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2
CO 5 - 1 - - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 6 - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 7 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - - - -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
326
3. Biology of Exotic ornamental fishes (Any Three)
4. Aquarium floor settings and accessories
5. Design and construction of aquarium
6. Induced breeding
7. Transgenic fishes- Risk and Benefits
8. Ornamental fish trade in India-Scope and Challenges
9. Diseases of Ornamental fishes
10. Funding and trade supporting organisations: (MPEDA, CMFRI, NABARD, CBD,
CIBA, MATSYAFED, KAVIL).
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz/ Debate
2. Seminars
3. Assignment
4. Test
5. Submission of report
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓
327
SEMESTER VII
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSCZOO401
Course Title Instrumentation and Biological Techniques
Type of Course DSC
Semester VII
Academic 400 - 499
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course is designed to impart a strong background on the basic concepts
Summary as well as the recent advances in the field of instrumentation and
biomedical techniques. The course modules focus on microscopy
(Fundamental principle & types), separation techniques (Electrophoresis,
chromatography, centrifugation), molecular structure elucidation
techniques (Spectroscopy & X-ray crystallography), biomedical techniques
and recent advances in informatics.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Microscopy 10
1.1 Microscopy – Principle of microscopy, magnification, resolving power
and numerical aperture. 2
328
Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope, Confocal Laser Scanning
Microscope.
(Brief description on the design, Principle and uses only)
Separation Techniques 14
2.1 Electrophoresis: Electrophoretic mobility (EPM), Factors affecting 4
EPM, Principle and applications of Zone electrophoresis (Paper, Gel, Thin
Layer, Cellulose Acetate), Moving boundary electrophoresis (Capillary,
Isoelectrophoresis, Immuno Electrophoresis), PAGE.
II
2.2 Chromatography: Partition and Adsorption Chromatography, Paper and 6
Thin layer chromatography, Gel filtration chromatography, Ion-exchange
and Affinity chromatography.
Brief description of GLC, HPLC, UPLC, FPLC and LC-MS.
2.3 Centrifugation: Principle, Refrigerated high speed centrifuge, Preparative 4
centrifuge, Analytical centrifuge, Ultracentrifuge, Dual Asymmetric
Centrifuge (DAC), and their applications.
Techniques for Macromolecular Structure Elucidation 8
3.1 Spectroscopy - Only the basic principle, Instrumental Design, Methods & 5
Applications of UV–Visible spectroscopy, Beer-Lambert's law; IR &
Raman spectroscopy, FT-IR, Attenuated Total Reflectance (ATR), Near
III Infra-Red Spectroscopy (NIR), Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS),
Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS), Inductively
Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (ICP-AES).
3.2 X –ray crystallography: Principle and application in molecular structure 3
determination and research.
Biomedical Techniques 8
4.1 Principle and applications of Angiography, Endoscopy, Fluoroscopy, 3
Medical utility of X-ray imaging, Xeroradiography, Mammography,
IV Myelography.
4.2 Scanning - Ultra sound scanning, CT Scanning, PET, MRI, fMRI. 2.5
4.3 PCR, RT PCR. 1
4.4 Blotting- Southern, Western, Northern. 1.5
Recent Approaches in Informatics 5
V 5.1 Brief description of Artificial Intelligence (AI), Machine learning, Cloud
computing, High performance computing (HPC), Cyber security.
References
1. Alonso, A. and Arrondo, J. L. R. (2006). Advanced techniques in Biophysics.
SpringerVerlag.
2. Baker, E. J. and Silverton, R. E. (1978). Introduction to Medical Laboratory
Technology, ELBS.
3. Gupta, A. (2009).Instrumentation and Bio-analytical techniques. PragatiPrakashan,
Meerut
4. Chary, K. V. R. &Govil, G. (2008) NMR in Biological Systems. From Molecules to
Human. Springer.
329
5. Drenth, J. (2010) Principles of Protein X-ray Crystallography, Springer
6. Marck, C., Leake (2016). Biophysics; Tools and techniques, CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis group.
7. Sandhu, G. S. (1990). Research Techniques in Biological Sciences, Anmol
Publications, NewDelhi.
8. Slayter, E. M. (1970). Optical methods in biology. Wiley Interscience.
9. Boobeck. J R (Ed), “Best and Taylor’s Physiological basis of Medical Practice”, The
Williams & Wilkins Co.
10. F.R. Hallett, J.L. Hunt, E.L. McFarland G.H. Renninger, R.H. Stinson and D.E.
Sullivan Physics for the Biological Sciences 3rd and 4th Ed.
11. Lakowicz, J. R. (2006) Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy. 3rd edition. Springer
12. Banwell, C N. and McCash, E. M. (1994) Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy.
4th Edition, McGraw-Hill.
13. Hollas, J. M. (2004) Modern Spectroscopy. 4th Edition. Wiley.
14. Campbell, I. D. &Dwek R. A. (1984) Biological Spectroscopy. Addison-Wesley.
15. Model, M. L. (2009) Bioinformatics Programming using Python. O’Reilly.
16. Stevens, T. J. and Boucher, W. (2015) Python Programming for Biology Bioinformatics
and Beyond. Cambridge University Press.
Web resources
▪ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov
▪ https://microbenotes.com
▪ https://sist.sathyabama.ac.in
330
7 Acid – Base titration using pH meter and Determine the pK values: - Strong
acid Vs Strong base, Weak acid Vs Strong base, Mixture of Strong and Weak
acid Vs Strong base
8 Separation of amino acids using paper/ Thin layer chromatography- Estimate
their Rf value
9 Determine the pH titration curve of amino acids & calculate the pKa values
10 Visit any Instrumentation facility ( clif Kerala university/CEPCI/ RGCB etc.)
and submit report
11 Visit to Medical Imaging centres and demonstration of CT Scan, MRI,
Ultrasonography, Angiography etc.
12 Sketching of biological specimens using Camera Lucida
References
1. Plummer, D. T. (1987) Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. 3rd edition. McGraw-
Hill Publishing Co.
2. Holtzhauer, M. (2006) Basic Methods for the Biochemical Lab. 1st English edition.
Springer
3. Weaver, R. (2011) Molecular Biology. 5th edition. McGraw-Hill Education
4. Green, M. R. and Sambrook, J. (2012) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 4th
edition. CSHL Press.
5. Holtzhauer, M. (2006) Basic Methods for the Biochemical Lab. 1st English edition.
Springer.
6. Nadeau, J. L. (2015) Introduction to Experimental Biophysics. CRC Press.
Web resources
▪ https://sist.sathyabama.ac.in /
▪ https://www.researchgate.net /
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level
331
CO-3 Apply the types of separation techniques and reflect U, Ap, An PSO-
their role in academic and industrial research. 1,2,3,4
332
industrial research.
PS PSO2 PS PS PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO
O O3 O4 7 7 8
5 6
1
C 3 3 - 2 3 - 2 3 3 2 1 3 1 -
O
1
C - 3 - 3 2 - 1 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
O
2
C 2 2 3 3 - - 2 3 3 3 1 2 1 -
O
3
C 3 - - 3 2 - 1 3 2 1 1 3 - -
O
4
C - - - - 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 -
O
5
333
C - - - - - 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 3 3
O
6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
334
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
CO 6 ✓
335
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Semester VII
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Genomics 9
1.1 Genome mapping types: Genetic and physical maps, methods and techniques used 2
for genetic mapping, physical mapping, the FISH technique in gene mapping, and
comparative gene mapping.
I 1.2 Genome Sequencing Projects and Genomic Techniques and Tools: Human 2
Genome Project, genome sequencing projects for microbes, plants and animals
(The Earth Microbiome Project, The International Rice Genome Sequencing
Project, The Genome 10K Project).
1.3 Vectors for large-scale genome projects, Clone by-clone strategy, shotgun 1
sequencing, Next Generation Sequencing technologies.
336
1.4 File formats, Basic pipeline for data analysis Comparative genomics 2
Identification and classification of organisms using molecular markers- 16S
rRNA typing/ sequencing, SNPs.
1.5 Data repositories and databases, accessing and retrieving genome project 2
information from the web.
Transcriptomics 9
2.1 Understanding gene expression, differential expression analysis, technologies 1.5
used microarrays, and next-generation sequencing (NGS).
2.2 Tools are available for pathways analysis, gene ontology, hypergeometric 2
enrichment analysis, biogenesis, and the characteristics and analysis of small
II RNAs like microRNAs and phasiRNAs.
2.3 Analysis of long non-coding RNAs, Target prediction and functional prediction 1.5
for small RNAs and lncRNAs.
2.4 Applications of transcriptomics in disease research, drug discovery, and 2
agricultural research.
2.5 Comparative transcriptomics and its use in Evolutionary biology, Challenge and 2
prospects of transcriptomics.
Proteomics 9
3.1 Identifying and analysing proteins by 2D gel electrophoresis, Isoelectric focusing, 2
Spot visualisation and picking, Tryptic digestion of protein and peptide
fingerprinting, Mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF), Chromatography (LC and
GC).
3.2 Functional proteomics- interactions, activities, and localisation in the cell, as well 2
as the networks and pathways in which they are involved.
III 3.3 Structural proteomics 3D structure of protein determination by NMR and X-ray 2
crystallography; Interaction proteomics -interactions between proteins to
understand the complex networks in which they operate.
3.4 Application ofproteomicsin disease diagnosis and prognosis, drug discoveries, 2
basic biological research (understanding cell processes at the protein level), and
Agriculture (enhancing stress resistance, nutritional value, and other traits).
3.5 Comparative and integrative proteomics, proteome databases, software packages 1
and tools. Challenges and prospects of proteomics.
Metabolomics 9
4.1 Metabolite profiling, identifying and quantifying small molecules (< 1kD). 2
Metabolite profiling using MS, NMR, LC, GC.
4.2 Types of metabolites, targeted vs untargeted metabolites. 1
IV 4.3 Data analysis, pre-processing, statistical analysis, metabolic pathway analysis. 1
4.4 Applications of metabolomics in Biomarker discovery, Drug development, 3
nutritional studies, environmental toxicology, and plant breeding.
4.5 Five data analysis tools and repositories, data formats and critical challenges and 2
prospects of Metabolomics.
Bioinformatics 9
5.1 Overview of bioinformatics and its applications. Systems biology approaches 2
V and modelling. Multi-omics, Integration of omics data for biological insights
337
5.2 Brief overview of computational biology Introduction to machine learning 2
algorithms- Application of data mining techniques in bioinformatics
5.3 Biological databases, their purpose, primary,secondary, and curated database 2
types with examples, Pairwise and multiple sequence analysis, BLAST,
CLUSTAL, FASTA file format.
5.4 Construction of rooted and unrooted phylogenetic trees. Tools and software used 1
in phylogenetic analyses.
5.5 Computational approaches to drug discovery and design (Molecular Docking, 2
MD simulation). Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine.
References:
1. Bagchi D., Swaroop A., (2015),. Bagchi M Genomics, Proteomics and Metabolomics
in Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods Wiley Blackwell. ISBN:9781118930427
2. Barh D, Azevedo V, (2017) Omics Technologies and Bio-engineering: Towards
Improving Quality of Life, Academic Press
3. Barh D., Zambare V., Azevedo V (2013),Omics: Applications in Biomedical,
Agricultural, and Environmental Sciences CRC Press. Taylor and Francis Group.
ISBN 9781138074750
4. Berna et al. (2014) Nutrigenetics and nutrigenomics insights into diabetes
etiopathogenesis. Nutrients.
5. Brown Garland T.A. (2006) Genomes, Science, 3rd Edition,
6. Brown TA, (2006) Genomes, 3rd Edition. Garland Science
7. Campbell AM &Heyer LJ (2007), Discovering Genomics, Proteomics and
Bioinformatics, 2nd Edition. Benjamin Cummings
8. Campbell, A. M., & Heyer, L. J. (2003). Discovering Genomics, Proteomics, and
Bioinformatics. San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
9. Drake et al.(2011) Challenges to developing proteomic-based breast cancer
diagnostics. OMICS.
10. Glick BR & Pasternak JJ, (1998) Molecular Biotechnology, 3rd Edition, ASM Press,.
11. Liebler, D. C. (2002). Introduction to Proteomics: Tools for the New Biology.
Totowa, NJ: Humana Press.
12. Malone et al. (2011) Microarrays, deep sequencing and the true measure of the
transcriptome. BMC Biology.
13. Mayer, B. (2011), Bioinformatics for omics data: methods and protocols, New York:
Humana Press. ISBN 978-1617790270
14. Primrose S &Twyman R, (2006) Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics, 7th
Edition, Blackwell,.
15. Primrose, S. B., Twyman, R. M., Primrose, S. B., & Primrose, S. B. (2006) Principles
of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub.
16. Robert Weaver (2012)., Molecular Biology, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill,
17. Sethi et al. (2015) Approaches for targeted proteomics and its potential
applications in neuroscience. J. Biosci.
18. Trifonova et al. (2013) Postgenomics diagnostics: metabolomics approaches to
human blood profiling. OMICS.
338
19. Twyman, R(2013). Principles of Proteomics Garland Science, ISBN: 978-
0815344728
20. Voet D, Voet JG & Pratt CW, (2006) Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 2nd Edition.
Wiley
21. Wilson and Wilsons (2014). Applications of Advances Omics Technologies: from
Genes to Metabolites Elsevier. ISBN: 9780444626509
22. Wittmann, C, Lee SY, (2012) Systems metabolic engineering, Springer Science &
Business Media
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl No Contents
3 Visualize biomolecules (DNA, RNA, Protein) using software (Rasmol and PyMol)
6 Pairwise and Multiple sequence alignment of DNA and protein sequences using Crustal
W/ MEGA.
7 Construction of Phylogenetic tree using MEGA.
9 Explore the available MS / NMR spectrum to profile and quantify small molecules in
biological samples.
References:
1. Barh D, Azevedo V, (2017) Omics Technologies and Bio-engineering: Towards
Improving Quality of Life, Academic Press
2. Barh D., Zambare V., Azevedo V (2013), Omics: Applications in Biomedical,
Agricultural, and Environmental Sciences CRC Press. Taylor and Francis Group.
ISBN 9781138074750
3. Mayer, B. (2011), Bioinformatics for omics data: methods and protocols, New York:
Humana Press. ISBN 978-1617790270
4. Voet D, Voet JG & Pratt CW, (2006) Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 2nd Edition.
Wiley
Web resources:
▪ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
▪ https://www.rcsb.org/
▪ https://www.embl.org/
339
▪ https://www.ddbj.nig.ac.jp/index-e.html
▪ https://www.omim.org/
▪ https://www.genome.jp/kegg/
▪ http://www.openrasmol.org/
▪ https://pymol.org/
▪ https://bioedit.software.informer.com/
▪ https://blast.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Blast.cgi
▪ https://mega.io/
▪ https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=311
Suggested assessment Methods
● Group Debates
● Case studies
● Virtual Field Trips
● Collaborative Problem solving
● Interactive Presentations
● Guest Speakers
Field Activities:
● Visit startups in the omics and bioinformatics field.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to Level addressed
340
applications in biomarker discovery, drug
development, and environmental studies, to
understand metabolic pathways and their roles in
biological systems.
341
analysis,
technologies
like microarrays
and NGS, and
tools for
pathway
analysis and
functional
prediction, for
applications in
disease
research, drug
discovery, and
evolutionary
biology.
342
metabolite
profiling, data
analysis
techniques, and
applications in
biomarker
discovery, drug
development,
and
environmental
studies, to
understand
metabolic
pathways and
their roles in
biological
systems.
343
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
1
CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
2
CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
3
CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
4
CO - - - 3 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments:
1. Human Genome Project
2. The Earth Microbiome Project,
3. The International Rice Genome Sequencing Project,
4. The Genome 10K Project
5. Next-generation sequencing Technologies
6. Multi-Omics
7. Comparative transcriptomics
8. Vectors for large-scale genome projects
9. Comparative and integrative proteomics
10. Integration of omics data
11. Biological Database
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
344
1. Assignment
2. Seminar
3. Submission of Reports
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz
7. Debate
8. Poster preparation & presentation
End semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Type Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination
6. Viva voce
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓
345
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSCZOO403
Course Title Systematics and Phylogenetics
45
Module Unit Content
hrs
Basic Concepts 7
346
Different concepts of species- Typological, Nominalistic,
Biological, Phylogenetic and Evolutionary species concept.
Phylogenetics 10
Describing a species 14
347
4.3 Criteria of publication, Criteria of availability. 2
References
• Systematics
1. Ashok Verma (2017).Principles of Animal Taxonomy. Narosa. New Delhi.
2. David, M.H., Craig Moritz and K.M. Barbara(1996).Molecular Systematics. Sinauer
Associates, Inc.
3. Futyuma, D.J.(1986).Evolution, Systematics and Animal Behaviour. Evolutionary
Biology. Sinauer Associates Inc.
4. Kapoor,V.C.(2017).TheoryandPracticeofAnimalTaxonomy.8thedition,OxfordandI
BHPublishingCo., Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. Mayer, E. (2014). Principles of Systematic Zoology. 2nd edition, McGraw Hill book
company, Inc.,NY.
6. Mayr, E. &Ashlock, P. D. (1991) Principles of Systematic Zoology (2nd edition) McGraw
348
Hill Int.
7. Narendran,T.C.(2008). An introduction to taxonomy. Zoological survey of India.
8. Pandit, D.N. (2020). Animal taxonomy: Principles and practices. Narendra publishing
house, India
9. SanjibGhoshal (2020). Taxonomy principle and problem. Techno world, Kolkata.
10. Simpson, G.G. (2012).Principles of animal Taxonomy. Scientific Publishers, India.
11. Winston,J.E.(2000).Describingspecies:Practicaltaxonomicproceduresforbiologists.
ColumbiaUniversityPress, Columbia, USA.
• Phylogenetics
1. Arthur,W.(2011).Evolution –A developmental approach. Wiley-Blackwell, Oxford,
UK.
2. Barton,N.H.,Briggs,D.E.G.,Eisen,J.A.,Goldstein,D.
B.andPatel,N.H.(2007).Evolution.Cold Spring,Harbour Laboratory Press.
3. Baum D.A and Smith S.D(2012). Tree thinking – An Introduction to Phylogenetic
Biology. Roberts and Company Publishers.
4. Dan,G.andLi,W.H.(2000).Fundamentalsofmolecularevolution.(2ndEdn.).SinauerAss
ociatesInc.MA, USA.
5. DarwinC.D.(1859).On the origin of species by means of natural selection. John
Murray, London.
6. Elliott S.(2008).Evidences and
evolution:Thelogicbehindthescience.CambridgeUniversityPress,UK.
7. Gould,S.J. (2002). The structure of evolutionary theory. Harvard University Press,
MA,USA.
8. Hall, B.K .and Hallgrimsson, B. (2008).Strickberger’sevolution
(4thEdn).JonesandBartlettPub.London, UK.
9. Hall,B.K.andOlsen,W.M.,(Ed).(2007).Keywordsandconceptsinevolutionarydevelop
mentalbiology.Discoverypublishinghouse, New Delhi.
10. Kimura,M. (1983).The neutral theory of molecular evolution. Cambridge University
Press
11. LindellBromham(2016).Anintroductiontomolecularevolutionandphylogenetics,3rde
dition,Oxfordpress.
12. Margulis,LynnandM.J.Chapman(2001).KingdomsandDomains:AnIllustratedGuidet
othePhylaof Life on Earth (4thedn.).W.H. Freeman&Company,USA.
13. Ridley,M.(2004),Evolution3rdEdition.BlackwellPublishing.
14. Roderick Page,D.M. and Edward Holmes,C.(2009).Molecular Evolution:A
phylogenetic approach, Willey Blackwell publisher.
15. Strickberger,M.W.(2000).Evolution. Jones and Bartlett, Boston.
Web Resources:
▪ http://www.talkorigins.org
▪ http://www.ucmp.berkely.edu
▪ https://www.iczn.org/the-code/the-code-online/
349
Practicum (30 hrs)
(Minimum 6 to be done)
Sl.No. Contents
4. Identification of the following using standard keys (any Two groups) and
submit a report.
A. Insect-5 nos.
B. Prawn-2 nos.
C. Crab- 2 nos.
D. Fishes – 5 nos.
9. Prepare diagnosis and description of any one fish and insect species using all
the taxonomic tools available (for studying new species description).
References
1. Baum D.A and Smith S.D(2012). Tree thinking – An Introduction to Phylogenetic
Biology. Roberts and Company Publishers.
350
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
CO-4 Understand and apply new trends in Systematics for U,Ap PSO-5
identification of species
CO5 Analyse the uses and limitations of Phylogenetic trees U,An, E PSO-6,7
351
Systematic for
identification of
species
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8
CO 1 - - 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1
CO 2 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 1 - - 1
2
CO 3 - 1 - 2 - - 1 - 1 - - - - -
3
CO - - 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 1 - 2
4
CO - 1 - - - 2 - - 2 - - 2 2 2 1
5
CO 1 - - 3 - - 3 2 - 3 - - 3 3 -
6
352
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Suggested topics for Assignments/ Seminars: -
1. History of Systematics.
2. Species concepts – advantages and disadvantages
3. Applications of Systematics in Biology.
4. Features of International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.
5. Phylogenetic Tree reading
6. Methods of Cladistic analysis.
7. Collection and Preservation in Invertebrates.
8. Methods of Collection in Vertebrates.
9. Significance of Phylogenetics in biology.
10. Taxonomic keys-different types with advantages and disadvantages.
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 6
353
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSCZOO404
Course Title Human Physiology: The Life Sustaining Systems
Type of Course DSC
Semester VII
Academic Level 400 - 499
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course The course imparts in depth knowledge about the structure and functions
Summary of different systems in man and provides an understanding of the various
disorders associated with them. The course enables the students to
understand the various techniques used in monitoring physiological
functions.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45 hrs
Nutritional Physiology 5
1.1 Balanced diet, malnutrition disorders (PEM, marasmus, kwashiorkor), 2
deficiency of iron, iodine and calcium, vitamin deficiencies
I (xerophthalmia, osteomalacia, beriberi, pellagra)
1.2 Neuroendocrine control of digestion (myenteric and submucus plexus, 2
gastrin, secretin, cholecystokinin, somatostatin, serotonin)
1.3 Eating disorders- obesity, anorexia, hyperphagia, aphagia, bulimia 1
nervosa (brief account)
Respiratory and Circulatory physiology 11
2.1 Haemoglobin- structure and types, transport of oxygen and carbon 4
dioxide- oxygen dissociation curve, Haldane effect, Bohr effect.
Respiratory problems in high altitude and deep sea (brief account)
2.2 Respiratory disturbances –brief account on apnoea, dyspnoea, hypoxia, 2
hypo and hypercapnia, asphyxia, carbon monoxide poisoning,
II bronchitis, asthma. Spirometry (brief account).
2.3 Composition of blood, haemopoiesis (brief account) 3
Blood clotting system- extrinsic and intrinsic pathways, Kallikrein-
Kinninogen system (brief explanation), complement system and
fibrinolytic system, anticoagulants-endogenous and exogenous.
2.4 Nervous and chemical regulation of heart rate- Frank-Starling law of 2
the heart. Electrocardiogram, blood pressure.
354
Muscle Physiology 7
3.1 Ultrastructure of striated muscle fibre, muscle proteins. 4
Physiological and biochemical events in muscle contraction-sliding
III filament theory, actomyosin complex, source of energy for muscle
contraction, Cori cycle, role of calcium, mechanism of relaxation.
3.2 Brief account on isometric and isotonic contraction, simple muscle 3
twitch, summation, tetanus, tonus, all or none law, fatigue, oxygen
debt, rigor mortis, fast and slow twitch muscles, red and white muscles.
Nerve Physiology and sense organs 12
4.1 Nerve impulse propagation- voltage-gated ion channels, sodium– 2
potassium pump, hyperpolarization, propagation of action potential,
saltatory conduction, neural coding.
4.2 Synapse and synaptic transmission- electrical, chemical and mixed 3
IV types, neurotransmitters (acetylcholine, amino acids, neuropeptides),
cessation of signal and neuromodulators.
4.3 EEG and its significance. 1
4.4 Nerve disorders-epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, 2
amnesia, autism, dementia, Huntington's disease, multiple sclerosis,
(brief description).
4.5. Physiology of vision, photochemistry of vision, eye defects - myopia, 4
hyperopia, presbyopia, astigmatism, cataract.
Structure of ear and mechanism of hearing, hearing impairments -
deafness, labyrinthine disease.
Olfactory, gustatory and tactile sense organs.
Renal Physiology and Endocrinology 10
5.1 Structure of nephron, urine formation, regulation of kidney functions. 4
Renal disorders - nephritis, haematurea, renal calculi, acidosis and
V alkalosis. Dialysis and kidney transplantation.
5.2 Hypothalamus as neuroendocrine gland - principal nuclei involved 3
in neuroendocrine control of anterior pituitary and the hormones.
5.3 Chemical nature of hormones-steroid hormones, biogenic amines, 3
peptide hormones, mechanism of hormone action- peptide, steroid and
thyroid hormones, amplification of hormone action (brief account).
Practicum (30hrs)
(Students are expected to perform any two major and any three minor practicals)
Sl. No. Contents
1 Determination of ABO blood group of man. (minor)
2 Enumeration of RBC. (Major)
3 Enumeration of WBC. (Major)
4 Differential count of WBC. (Major)
5 Bleeding time test (Duke's method) (Minor/demonstration)
6 Determination of clotting time. (Minor)
7 Determination of concentration of urea. (Minor)
8 Determination of concentration of uric acid. (Minor)
9 Estimation of acetylcholine content in tissue sample. (Major)
10 Effect of temperature /pH on salivary amylase activity (Major)
11 Kymograph apparatus and explanation of simple muscle twitch (demonstration).
12 Colour blindness test using the Ishihara test. (minor)
355
References
1. Best and Taylor. (1990). Physiological basis of Medical Practice. Wilkins Co.
2. Delhi.
3. Eckert, R. and D. Randell. (1987). Animal Physiology, CBS Publishers and Distributors
N.
4. Ganong, W.F. (2003), Review of Medical Physiology, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
5. Guyton AC and Hall JE (eds.) (2000) Textbook of Medical Physiology, 10th edition.
W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA.
6. MacGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi.
7. Physiology https://www.physiology.org/career/teaching-learning-resources/student-
resources/what-is-physiology?SSO=Y
8. Physiology News, Researchhttps://www.news-medical.net/?tag=/
9. Sreekumar, S. (2010) Basic Physiology, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
10. Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R. (eds.) (2000) Principles of Anatomy and Physiology,
9th edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY.
11. Vander, A.J., Sherman, J.H. and Luciano D.S. (1998), Human Physiology,
12. WHO, Nutrition. https://www.who.int/health-topics/nutrition#tab=tab_1
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
356
1 The study helps PO1/ U C L
the students to PSO1
understand the
physiology of
different organ
systems in the
human body.
PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6
357
CO 3 - - - - - 3
1
CO - - 2 - - - 3 1
2
CO - - - - - 2 2
3
CO - - - - - 1 2
4
CO 2 2 2
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ seminar topics
1. Nutritional components of human food
2. Vitamin deficiency diseases: symptoms and diagnosis
3. Absorption of nutrients in the alimentary canal
4. Types of muscles in men
5. Control of respiration in man
6. Cardiovascular diseases in men
7. The human brain: structure and functions
8. Endocrine disorders in men: causes and symptoms
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation
358
End Semester evaluation
CO 1 ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
359
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSEZOO401
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Research Methodology 8
360
Fundamental, Qualitative, Quantitative, Conceptual and Empirical Research;
Characteristics of good research; Steps of working research.
1..3 Research design: Meaning, Need and features of a good research design; types 1
of research designs (exploratory, descriptive, diagnostic and hypothesis-testing)
(brief account with examples).
1.4 Execution of research plan: Data collection, Methods for collection of Primary 2
data (Survey, Questionnaire, Interview, Interview through Phone call) and
Secondary data; Analysis of data and Interpretations.
Foundations of Biostatistics 11
361
only (definition, steps for plotting the graphs, merits and demerits – working with
simple data only); Measures of central tendency: Mean, Median, Mode
(definition, equation, merits and demerits – working with problems); Measures of
dispersion: Standard deviation and coefficient of variation, variance and standard
error. (definition, equation, merits and demerits – working with problems).
4.2 Sample size determination – Methods and factors to consider for estimation of 2
sample size.
IV
4.3 Parametric tests: Concept; t-test; chi-square test.(Definition, equation, uses, 4
merits and demerits, Problems).
4.5 Correlation and Regression analysis (Brief – definition, equation, working with 3
simple problem).
362
bias, sensitivity analysis, interpretation of meta-analytic results; Challenges and criticism
in meta-analysis (Brief notes). 3
References
• Biostatistics
1. Agarwal, B.L. (2007). Basic Statistics. New Age international publishers
2. Anoop Kumar (2023). Meta-analysis in Clinical Research: Principles and Procedures.
Springer Publications.
3. Bailey, N.T.J (1983). Statistical Methods in Biology. Hodder and Stoughton, London
https://archive.org/details/statisticalmetho0000bail_d8l1/page/n1/mode/2up
4. Caswell, F. (1982). Success in Statistics. John Murray Publishers Ltd., London.
5. Danial, W. 2006. Biostatistics: A foundation for Analysis in Health Sciences, John
Wiley and Sons Inc., New York.
6. Dharmapalan, B. (2012). Scientific Research Methodology. Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi.
7. Finney, D.J. (1980). Statistics for Biologists. Chapman and Hall, London.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-009-5855-5
8. Fisher, R.A. (1992). Statistical Methods for Research Workers. In: Kotz, S., Johnson,
N.L. (eds) Breakthroughs in Statistics. Springer Series in Statistics. Springer, New
York, NY. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-4380-9_6
9. Gupta, S.P. (2021). Statistical Methods (46th Ed.). Sultan Chand & Sons Publishers,
New
Delhi.https://www.sultanchandandsons.com/images/BookImages/Chapters/59_Statisti
cal%20Methods.pdf
10. Matthias, E., Julian, P.T.H. and George, D.S. (2022). Systematic Reviews in Health
Research. Wiley Blackwell
11. Ostle, B. (1963). Statistics in Research (2nd ed.). Iowa State University Press, Ames,
Iowa, USA.https://archive.org/details/secondeditionsta001000mbp/page/n5/mode/2up
12. Ostle, B. and Malone, L. (1988) Statistics in Research: Basic Concepts and Techniques
for Research Workers. Iowa State University Press, Ames, Iowa, USA.
13. Robert, R.S. and James, F.R. (2009). Introduction to Biostatistics (2nd Ed.).Dover
Publication, inc., New York.
https://www.stewartschultz.com/statistics/course/Readings/Robert%20R.%20Sokal,%
20F.%20James%20Rohlf-
Introduction%20to%20Biostatistics_%20Second%20Edition%20(2009).pdf
14. Vaman, H.J. and Prabhanjan, T (2023). Classical Survival Analysis. Chapman and Hall
(Taylor and Francis), New York
15. Wayne, W.D and Chand, L. (2013). Biostatistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the
Health Sciences (10th Ed.). Wiley.
https://faculty.ksu.edu.sa/sites/default/files/145_stat_-_textbook.pdf
• Research Methodology
1. George, C.T. (2021). Research Methodology and Scientific Writing. Springer
Publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-64865-7
2. Kothari, C.R., (2009). Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi. https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-
library/pdf/Research-Methodology-CR-Kothari.pdf
363
3. Oliver, P. (2005). Writing Your thesis. Vistar Publications. New Delhi.
4. Peter, K.D. (2021). Scientific Research and Methodology: An introduction to
quantitative research in science and health. https://bookdown.org/pkaldunn/Book
Online Resources
1. Inflibnet - https://www.inflibnet.ac.in/library/
2. UGC-CARE List - https://ugccare.unipune.ac.in/apps1/home/index
Practicum (30 hrs)
Module Unit Contents
1.2 Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode of the given data manually and by
I using suitable software (eg. MS-Excel).
1.3 Calculation of Standard deviation and Standard error of the given data manually
and by using suitable software (eg. MS-Excel).
1.4 Preparation of tables, bar diagrams, histogram, and pie diagram using suitable
software (eg. MS Excel) using the data provided.
1.5 Statistical analysis of the given data (t-test; Chi-square test; correlation;
regression analysis with graph and equation) using suitable software. e.g., PH
Stat. in MS Excel, SPSS).
2.1 Primary data collection on a given topic using survey method (designing
questionnaire).
II
2.2 Preparation of a review article using the data provided.
364
References
Biostatistics
1. John Walkenbach (2016). Microsoft Excel 2016 bible: the comprehensive tutorial
resource. Wiley Publication
2. Excel 2019 All-in-One for Dummies. John Wiley & Sons.
https://archive.org/details/excel2019allinonefordummies_201911/page/n5/mode/2up
Online Tools
1. VassarStats - http://vassarstats.net/
2. PAST - https://www.nhm.uio.no/english/research/resources/past/
3. MS-Excel Online Tutorial - https://www.w3schools.com/EXCEL/index.php
4. R – Programming - https://www.r-project.org/
5. SPSS - https://www.ibm.com/spss
Research Methodology
1. Subhash, C.P. and Vikram Kate (2018). Writing and Publishing a Scientific Research
Paper. Springer Publications. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-4720-6
2. Yavuz, A.O. (2012). Handbook of Scientific Proposal Writing. CRC Press.
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed
365
methodologies.
366
course. They will design 1,2,3,6,
research projects, formulate 7
research problems, and select
appropriate research designs
and methodologies.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive
CO 3 - - - - - - 1 2 - - - 2 - -
1
CO - 3 - - 2 - - - - 2 - - 1 3 -
2
CO - 3 - - 2 2 - 1 2 - - - 2 - -
3
CO - 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 - - - 1 - 3-
4
CO - 2 - - 3 - 3 1 2 1 - - 2 2 -
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
367
4) Vital Statistics – Introduction, uses and methods of collection
5) Measures of vital statistics – life tables
Research Methodology
1) Online libraries, e-journals, e-books
2) Important Zoology Research Institutes in India
3) Intellectual Property Rights
4) Research as Career
5) Research qualification and Research Fellowships in India
Evaluation Pattern
CCA – Assignment, Seminar, In Class Problem solving, short exam, Field work
ESA – Final Exam, MCQs, Report writing, Problem solving using computer
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Preparation and Submission of model Project report
4. Solve Biostatistics Problems using suitable software
5. Test
6. Quiz
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
CO 5 ✓ ✓
368